<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?><rss version="2.0"
	xmlns:content="http://purl.org/rss/1.0/modules/content/"
	xmlns:wfw="http://wellformedweb.org/CommentAPI/"
	xmlns:dc="http://purl.org/dc/elements/1.1/"
	xmlns:atom="http://www.w3.org/2005/Atom"
	xmlns:sy="http://purl.org/rss/1.0/modules/syndication/"
	xmlns:slash="http://purl.org/rss/1.0/modules/slash/"
	>

<channel>
	<title>Haier &#8211; UseManuals</title>
	<atom:link href="http://usemanuals.com/haier/feed/" rel="self" type="application/rss+xml" />
	<link>https://usemanuals.com</link>
	<description>Owner&#039;s manuals for all sorts of products</description>
	<lastBuildDate>Mon, 31 Jul 2023 09:11:02 +0000</lastBuildDate>
	<language>en-US</language>
	<sy:updatePeriod>
	hourly	</sy:updatePeriod>
	<sy:updateFrequency>
	1	</sy:updateFrequency>
	<generator>https://wordpress.org/?v=6.7.2</generator>

<image>
	<url>https://usemanuals.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/02/favicon-32x32-2.png</url>
	<title>Haier &#8211; UseManuals</title>
	<link>https://usemanuals.com</link>
	<width>32</width>
	<height>32</height>
</image> 
	<item>
		<title>Haier Portable Air Conditioner QPCA09 Manual</title>
		<link>https://usemanuals.com/haier/qpca09-portable-air-conditioner/</link>
		
		<dc:creator><![CDATA[ItsManual]]></dc:creator>
		<pubDate>Sat, 03 Dec 2022 11:24:36 +0000</pubDate>
				<category><![CDATA[Haier]]></category>
		<guid isPermaLink="false">https://usemanuals.com/?p=20830</guid>

					<description><![CDATA[This manual for the Haier Portable Air Conditioner (mode number QPCA09) contains all sorts of installation instructions and troubleshooting tips. It explains the front, back and remote control buttons including the all important reset button. If you find that your Haier portable air conditioner is not working then you can use the troubleshooting section to find out what the problem is, or what the error codes mean. [...]<p><a class="btn btn-secondary understrap-read-more-link" href="https://usemanuals.com/haier/qpca09-portable-air-conditioner/">Read More...</a></p>]]></description>
										<content:encoded><![CDATA[<p><img decoding="async" class="alignnone" src="https://usemanuals.com/wp-content/uploads/2022/12/Haier-QPCA09-Portable-Air-Conditioner-logo.jpg" alt="Haier logo" width="241" height="87" /></p>
<p><strong>Haier QPCA09 Portable Air Conditioner</strong></p>
<p><img fetchpriority="high" decoding="async" class="alignnone" src="https://usemanuals.com/wp-content/uploads/2022/12/Haier-QPCA09-Portable-Air-Conditioner-product.png" alt="Haier Portable Air Conditioner QPCA09 photo" width="381" height="841" /></p>
<p>Haier QPCA09 Portable Air Conditioner</p>
<h2>SAFETY INFORMATION</h2>
<p>To reduce the risk of fire, electrical shock, injury to persons, or damage when using the air conditioner, follow basic precautions, including the following:</p>
<ul>
<li>Read all of the instructions before using this appliance.</li>
<li>Plug into a grounded 3-prong outlet.</li>
<li>Do not remove the ground prong.</li>
<li>Do not use an adapter.</li>
<li>Do not use an extension cord.</li>
<li>Do not operate the air conditioner if it has a damaged cord or plug, if it is not working properly, or if it has been damaged or dropped.</li>
<li>The air conditioner should be serviced only by qualified service personnel. Call an authorized service company for examination, repair, or adjustment.</li>
<li>Disconnect power before servicing.</li>
<li>Disconnect power before cleaning.<br />
NOTE: Turning off the power by pressing the Power button does NOT disconnect the appliance from the power supply.</li>
<li>Do not install or use the air conditioner in any area where the atmosphere contains combustible gases or where the atmosphere is contaminated. Avoid any chemicals coming in contact with your air conditioner.</li>
<li>Do not store anything directly on top of the air conditioner.</li>
<li>Use two or more people to move and install air conditioner.</li>
<li>Never operate the air conditioner without the filters in place.</li>
<li>Do not use the air conditioner near a bathtub, shower or washbasin or another wet area.</li>
</ul>
<h2><strong>CONTROLS</strong></h2>
<p>Features and appearance will vary. Lights next to the touch pads on the air conditioner control panel indicate the selected settings.</p>
<p><img decoding="async" class="alignnone" src="https://usemanuals.com/wp-content/uploads/2022/12/Haier-QPCA09-Portable-Air-Conditioner-fig1.jpg" alt="Front and back controls of the fan" width="848" height="454" /></p>
<ul>
<li>CONTROL PANEL DISPLAY<br />
Displays the Set Temperature in degrees Fahrenheit or<br />
degrees Celsius, or the hours remaining in a Time Delay. The corresponding indicator light will illuminate.</li>
<li>Power Button<br />
Turns ON/OFF power to the air conditioner.<br />
NOTE: Turning off power by pressing the POWER button does NOT disconnect the appliance from the power supply.<br />
• Press the POWER button. The Power indicator will illuminate.</li>
<li>Mode Button<br />
Press the MODE button to toggle among the operating options. The corresponding indicator will illuminate:<br />
Cool – Cools the room to the set temperature<br />
Dry – Reduces the humidity in the room<br />
Fan – Circulates the air in the room without cooling.</li>
<li>Remote Control Signal Receiving Window<br />
Aim the Remote Control at this window so the Control will receive the signal.</li>
<li>+ and – Buttons<br />
Adjusts the Temperature or Hours in Time Delay.<br />
To Set the Temperature:<br />
The temperature can be set between 61ºF and 89ºF (17ºC and 30º C) when the air conditioner is in Cool mode.<br />
1. Press the MODE button until the Cool mode is selected.2<br />
2. Press the + or – buttons to select the Temperature.<br />
NOTE: The temperature cannot be set when the air conditioner is in either Fan or Dry mode.</li>
<li>Fan Speed Button<br />
The fan speed can be adjusted from Low speed, Medium speed, to High speed when the air conditioner is either in Cool or Fan mode. NOTE: The fan speed cannot be adjusted when the unit is in Dry mode.<br />
• Press the Fan Speed button to toggle among the three speeds. The corresponding fan speed indicator will illuminate.</li>
<li>Timer Button<br />
Program a time from (1-hour to 24-hours) for the air conditioner to turn Off or On. When a Time Delay is programmed, the Timer indicator light will illuminate.</li>
</ul>
<h3><strong>While it is operating:</strong></h3>
<ol>
<li>Press the TIMER button.</li>
<li>Press the + or – buttons to select the number of hours you want the air conditioner to continue to operate before turning Off. NOTE: Wait approximately 5 seconds for the Turn-Off time to be saved.</li>
</ol>
<h3><strong>While the air conditioner is off:</strong></h3>
<ol>
<li>Press the TIMER button.</li>
<li>Press the + or – buttons to select the number of hours you want the air conditioner to remain off before turning On.<br />
NOTE: Wait approximately 5 seconds for the Turn-On time to be saved.</li>
</ol>
<h3><strong>To cancel the timer:</strong></h3>
<ul>
<li>Press the Timer button once, the hours remaining will flash, press the timer button again and the timer will be canceled.</li>
<li>WiFi Connect Pad (on some Models)</li>
</ul>
<ol>
<li>Connect your air conditioner to WiFi router.</li>
<li>Press and hold the TIMER button for 3 seconds to connect the app or disconnect the app.</li>
</ol>
<p>The display will always default to show the room temperature. When the air conditioner is turned on, it will automatically start in the last mode and fan settings selected.</p>
<h3><strong>Cool Mode</strong></h3>
<p>Use the COOL mode for cooling. To set the COOL mode:</p>
<ol>
<li>Press the MODE pad until the COOL indicator light is lit.</li>
<li>Press the FAN speed.</li>
<li>Press + or – to set the desired temperature between 61°F and 89°F in 1°F increments.</li>
</ol>
<p>After settings have been made, the display will change back to show the room temperature. The temperature control is used to maintain the room temperature. The compressor will cycle on and off to keep the room at the set level of comfort. Set the temperature control at a lower number and the indoor air will become cooler. Set the temperature control at a higher number</p>
<h3><strong>DRY Mode—Dehumidification</strong></h3>
<p>Use the DRY mode to provide dehumidification only. The fan will run at a fixed speed at this setting, so a fan speed cannot be set. Keep windows and doors closed for the best dehumidifying effects.</p>
<h4><strong>To set the DRY mode:</strong></h4>
<ul>
<li>Press the MODE pad until the DRY indicator light is lit.</li>
</ul>
<h3><strong>FAN Mode</strong></h3>
<p>Use the FAN mode to provide air circulation and filtering without cooling.</p>
<h4><strong>To set the FAN mode:</strong></h4>
<ul>
<li>Press the FAN pad until the desired indicator light for high, medium, or low fan speed is lit.</li>
</ul>
<h3><strong>HEAT Mode</strong></h3>
<p>Use the Heat mode at Low, Med, High or Auto Fan Speed for heating. Use the Temperature Increase (+) /Decrease (-) pads to set the desired temperature between 61°F and 86°F in 1°F increments.</p>
<p><strong>Power Outage Recovery Feature</strong></p>
<p>In the case of a power outage or interruption, the unit will automatically re-start in the settings last used after the power is restored. and the indoor air will become warmer. NOTE: If the air conditioner is off and is then turned on while set to COOL, it will take approximately 3 minutes for the compressor to start and cooling to begin.</p>
<h3><strong>Cooling Descriptions</strong></h3>
<p><strong>For Normal Cooling—</strong>Select the COOL mode and HIGH, MEDIUM, or LOW fan speed with a middle set temperature.<br />
<strong>For Maximum Cooling—</strong>Select the COOL mode<br />
and HIGH fan speed with a lower set temperature.<br />
<strong>For Quieter &amp; Nighttime Cooling—</strong>Select the COOL mode and LOW fan speed with a middle set temperature.<br />
<strong>NOTE:</strong> If you switch from COOL or DRY mode setting to OFF, wait 3 minutes before restarting.</p>
<p>Since fan only settings do not provide cooling, a set been set, the display will change back to show the room temperature. The exhaust hose and window kit do not need to be installed when operating in fan mode.” An electronic thermostat is used to maintain the room temperature. The heater will cycle on and off to keep the room at the set level of comfort.</p>
<p><strong>NOTE:</strong> If the TIMER was set before the power outage, it will need to be reset after power is restored.</p>
<p><strong>Features and appearance may vary. Icons on the remote control indicate the selected settings</strong></p>
]]></content:encoded>
					
		
		
			</item>
		<item>
		<title>Haier AS09PBDHRA Room Air Conditioner Manual</title>
		<link>https://usemanuals.com/haier/as09pbdhra-air-conditioner/</link>
		
		<dc:creator><![CDATA[ItsManual]]></dc:creator>
		<pubDate>Sun, 19 Mar 2023 09:32:16 +0000</pubDate>
				<category><![CDATA[Haier]]></category>
		<guid isPermaLink="false">https://usemanuals.com/?p=25241</guid>

					<description><![CDATA[&#160; Haier AS09PBDHRA Split Type Room Air Conditioner WARNING: Read the maintenance instructions before opening the appliance. Eye or skin irritation may result from exposure from top air inlet and inner part. During air filter taking and putting for maintenance, please make sure that the power is cut off before approaching the product. UV-C barriers bearing the ultraviolet radiation hazard symbol should not be removed. Appliances that are obviously damaged must not be operated. Do not operate UV-C lamps outside of the appliance. The appliance must be disconnected from the power supply before replacing or cleaning or other maintenance of the UV-C lamp. The type of UV-Clamp is 0011012908A. Front panels bearing the ultraviolet radiation hazard symbol which have UV-C radiation are provided with a switch to interrupt the power to the UV-Clamps for your safety. Do not over-ride switch by magnet and other similar material. Before opening front panels bearing the ultraviolet radiation hazard symbol for the conducting user maintenance, it is recommended to disconnect the power. If the UV-C lamp is damaged, it must be replaced by the manufacturer, its service agent or similarly qualified persons in order to avoid a hazard. Unintended use of the appliance or damage to the housing may result in the escape of dangerous UV-C radiation. UV-C radiation may, even in small doses, cause harm to the eyes and skin. Parts and Functions Indoor Unit Display board Setting temp. display Operation mode indicator Remote signal receiver Actual inlet grille may vary from the one shown in the manual according to the product purchased Outdoor Unit OUTLET INLET CONNECTING PIPING AND ELECTRICAL WIRING DRAIN HOSE Wi-Fi Setup If your Air Cond几ioner (AC) has a Connected Appliance Information label located under the front cover as shown below, your AC is Wi-Fi Connect Enabled. A Wi-Fi communication card is built into the product allowing it to communicate with your smart phone for remote monitoring, control and notifications. Please visit www.haier.com.au/smart or www.haier.co.nz/smart to learn more about connected appliance features, and to learn what connected appliance apps will work with your smart phone. Remote Controller Mode display Signal sending display SWING display FAN SPEED display LOCK display TIMER OFF display TIMER ON display TEMP display Additional functions display QUIET button HEAT button COOL button AUTO button FAN SPEED button TIMER button SELF CLEAN button LOCK button Used to lock buttons and LCD display LIGHT button Control the lightening and extinguishing of the indoor LED display board. POWER ON/OFF button DRY button TEMP button SWING button HOUR button EXTRA FUNCTION button Function: Sleeping → HEALTH (UV-C lamp starts working) → Healthy airflow position 1 → Healthy airflow position 2 → Power → Air sending → A-8 yard → Left/Right Swing (This function is unavailable on some models.) CANCEUCON FIRM button Function: Setting and cancel to the timer and other additional functions. RESET button When the remote controller appears abnormal, use a sharp pointed article to press this button to reset the remote. NOTE: Cooling only unit do not have displays and functions related with heating If the unit which you purchased has healthy function, follow it. If not, please ignore. Loading of the Battery Remove the battery cover; Load the batteries as illustrated. 2 R-03 batteries, resetting key (cylinder); e sure that the loading is in line with the “+” / “-“; Load the battery, then put on the cover again. Note: The distance between the signal transmission head and the receiver hole should be within 7m without any obstacle as well. When electronic-started type fluorescent lamp or change- over type fluorescent lamp or wireless telephone is installed in the room, the receiver is apt to be disturbed in receiving the signals, so the distance to the indoor unit should be shorter. Full display or unclear display during operation indicates the batteries have been used up. Please change batteries. If the remote controller can’t run normally during operation, please remove the batteries and reload several minutes later. Operation Unit Start / Stop Remote Controller Unit start Press ON/OFF on the remote controller, unit starts. Select temp. setting Press TEMP+/ TEMP- button TEMP+ Every time the button is pressed, temp. setting increase 1°C, if kept depressed, it will increase rapidly TEMP- Every time the button is pressed, temp. setting decrease 1°C, if kept depressed, it will decrease rapidly Select a desired temperature. Fan speed selection Press FAN button. For each press, fan speed changes as follows: Remote controller: Air conditioner is running under displayed fan speed. When FAN is set to AUTO, the air conditioner automatically adjusts the fan speed according to room temperature. Operation Mode Note AUTO Under the mode of auto operation, air conditioner will automatically select Cool or Heat operation according to room temperature. When FAN is set to AUTO, the air conditioner automatically adjusts the fan speed according to room temperature. COOL Cooling only unit do not have displays and functions related with heating DRY In ORY mode, when room temperature becomes lower than temp.setting +2°C, unit will run intermittently at LOW speed regardless of FAN setting. HEAT In HEAT mode, warm air will blow out after a short period of the time due to cold draft prevention function. FAN In FAN operation mode, the unit will not operate in COOL or HEAT mode but only in FAN mode, AUTO is not available in FAN mode. And temp. setting is disabled. When FAN is set to AUTO, the air conditioner automatically adjusts the fan speed according to room temperature. In FAN mode, SLEEP operation is not available. Cautions: When adjusting the flap by hand, turn off the unit. When humidity is high. condensate water might occur at air outlet if all vertical louvers are adjusted to left or right. It is advisable not to keep horizontal flap at downward position for a long time in COOL or DRY mode, otherwise, condensate water might occur. Note: When restart after remote turning off, the remote controller will automatically return to the previous set swing position. OREO Operation Haier Peaksmart enabled air-conditioners have a Demand Response Mode display on the indoor unit. The display could be labelled d1, d2, d3 (wording may differ model to model). These modes are described in more detail below: DRM3 d3 Your air-conditioner will continue to cool or heat during the peak demand event. The energy consumed by your air-conditioner is capped to 75%. No action is required. DRM2 d2 Your air-conditioner will continue to cool or heat during the peak demand event. The energy consumed by your air-conditioner is capped to 50%. No action is required. DRM1 d1 Your air-conditioner is still turned on and the fan will continue to operate. Your compressor is turned off and cool/hot air will no longer be generated DRM1mode is only activated during emergency demand management situations. This mode will automatically reset the device within2 hours .If your air-con is in this mode for longer than 2 hours please contact Energex on 13 12 53. Timer On/Off On-Off Operation After unit starts, select your desired operation mode. Press TIMER button to change TIMER mode. Every time the button is pressed, display changes as follows: Remote controller: Then select your desired TIMER mode (TIMER ON or TIMER OFF or TIMER ON-OFF). “ON” or “OFF” will flash. Press ⇑ / ⇓ button to set time. ⇑ Press the button for each time, setting time in the first 12 hours increased by 0.5 hour every time, after 12 hours, increased by 1 hour every time. ⇓ Press the button for each time, setting time in the first 12 hours decreased by 0.5 hour every time, after 12 hours, decreased by 1 hour every time. It can be adjusted within 24 hours. Confirm timer setting After adjust the time, press Confirm/Cancel button and confirm the time ON or OFF button will not flash any more. Cancel timer setting Press the Confirm/Cancel button by times until the time display eliminated. Hints: After replacing batteries or a power failure happens, time setting should be reset. According to the Time setting sequence of TIMER ON or TIMER OFF, either Start-Stop or Stop-Start can be achieved. Self Clean Operation Functional description: the purpose of this function is to clean the evaporator and condenser. Entry and exit, Press self clean button to enter this function, then it will display “CL” on the panel of the indoor unit and also on the remote controller. After running 20-30 minutes, this function will exit automatically when the “Pi” sound is heard twice, then the unit returns to original state. Under operation process of self clean, pressing the button repeatedly has no effect and the function will not exit, but pressing the power off button and other mode button can make it exit. POWER/SOFT Operation POWER Operation When you need rapid heating or cooling, you can use this function. Press Extra Function button to enter additional options, when cycle display to will flash, and then press Confirm/Cancel, enter to power function. When cancel the function, please enter additional options again and to cancel power function. QUIET Operation You can use this function when silence is needed for rest or reading. Press QUIET button, the remote controller will show down arrow, and then achieve to the quiet function. Press again this QUIET button , the quiet function will be cancelled. Note: During POWER operation, in rapid COOL mode , the room will show inhomogeneous temperature distribution. Long period QUIET operation will cause effect of not too cool or not too warm. Emergency Operation and Test Operation Emergency Operation: Use this operation only when the remote controller is defective or lost. When the emergency operation switch is pressed, the “Pi” sound is heard once, which means the start of this operation. In this operation, the system automatically selects the operation modes, cooling or fan or heat, according to the room temperature. Room Temperature Operation Mode Designated Temperature Timer Mode Air Flow Above 23°C Cooling 26°C No Automatic Below 23°C Heat 23°C No Automatic (Cooling Only Unit) Room Temperature Operation Mode Designated Temperature Timer Mode Air Flow Below 23°C Fan 26°C No Automatic It is not possible to operate in dry mode. Test Operation: Test operation switch is the same as emergency switch. Use this switch in the test operation when the room temperature is below 16·c, do not use it in the normal operation. Continue to press the test operation switch for more than 5 seconds. After you hear the “Pi” sound twice, release your finger from the switch: the cooling operation starts with the air flow speed “Hi”. After 30 minutes, test operation ends automatically. Comfortable SLEEP Press EXTRA FUNCTION button to enter additional options, when cycle display to CLOCK icon, clock icon will flash. And then press Confirm/Cancel button enter to sleep function. Operation Mode In COOL,DRY mode 1 hour after SLEEP mode starts.temp will become 1°C higher than temp setting. After another 1 hour, temp rises by 1°C further .The unit will run for further 6 hours then stops. Temp is higher than temp setting so that room temperature won’t be too low for your sleep. In HEAT mode 1 hour after SLEEP mode starts, temp will become 2°C lower than temp setting. After another 1 hour, temp decrease by 2°C further. After more another 3 hours, temp rises by 1°C further. The unit will run for further 3 hours then stops.Temp is lower than temp setting so that room temperature won’t be too high for your sleep. In AUTO mode The unit operates in corresponding sleep mode corresponding sleep mode adapted to the automatically selected operation mode. In FAN mode It has no SLEEP function. When comfortable sleeping function is set to 8 hours the comfortable sleeping time can not be adjusted. When TIMER function is set, the comfortable sleeping function can’t be set up. After the sleeping function is set up, if user resets TIMER function, the sleeping function will be cancelled; the machine will be in the state of timing-on, if the two modes are set up at the same time, either of their operation time is ended first, the unit will stop automatically, and the other mode will be cancelled. Note: When TIMER function is set, the sleeping function can’t be set up. After the sleeping function is set up, if user resets TIMER function, the sleeping function will be cancelled; the machine will be in the state of timing-on. Power Failure Resume Function If the unit is started for the first time, the compressor will not start running unless 3 minutes have elapsed. When the power resumes after power failure, the unit will run automatically, and 3 minutes later the compressor starts running. Healthy Airflow Operation Press Power button to starting Setting the comfort work conditions. The setting of healthy airflow function Press EXTRA FUNCTION button to enter additional options. Press this button continuously, the louvers location will cycle between in the following three locations, to choose the swing location what you needed, and then press Confirm/Cancel button to confirm. The cancel of the healthy airflow function Press EXTRA FUNCTION button to enter additional options. Press this button continuously, the louvers location will cycle between in the following three locations again, and then press Confirm/Cancel button to cancel. Notice: Do not direct the flap by hand. Otherwise, the grille will run incorrectly. If the grille is not run correctly, stop for a minute and then start, adjusting by remote controller. Note: After setting the healthy airflow function, the position grill is fixed. In cooling, it is better to select the slide mode. In cooling and dry, using the air conditioner for a long time under the high air humidity, condensate water may occur at the grille. HEALTH Operation Press EXTRA FUNCTION button to enter additional options, when cycle display to icon, icon will flash, and then press Confirm/Cancel enter to HEALTH function. When cancel the function, please enter additional options again and to cancel HEALTH function. UV sterilization function: it uses the c-band with the most effective sterilization effect in ultraviolet radiation to remove harmful micro-organisms such as bacteria in the air, which has remarkable effects to make the air healthy. Attention: It is recommended to turn on the UV sterilization function for 1-2 hours in one day, longer time will affect the life of the UV lamp. Do not look directly at the UV lamp or touch it with your hand when the sterilizing function is on. Please turn off the sterilizing function before opening the panel. Tinged blue light may appear near the air conditioning inlet when the sterilizing function is on. Only when the internal fan starts and health function turned on, the UV lamp will be lighted. Maintenance For Smart Use of The Air Conditioner Setting of proper room temperature Do not block the air inlet or outlet Close doors and windows during operation Use the timer effectively If the unit is not to be used for a long time, turn off the power supply main switch. Use the louvers effectively Remote Controller Do not use water, wipe the controller with a dry cloth. Do not use glass cleaner or chemical cloth. Indoor Body Wipe the air conditioner by using a soft and dry cloth. For serious stains, use a neutral detergent diluted with water. Wring the water out of the cloth before wiping, then wipe off the detergent completely. Do not use the following for cleaning Gasoline, benzine, thinner or cleanser may damage the coating of the unit. Hot water over 40°C (104°F) may cause discoloring or deformation. Air Filter Cleaning Open the inlet grille by pulling it upward. Remove the filter. Push up the filters center tab slightly until it is released from the stopper, and remove the filter downward. Clean the filter. Use a vacuum cleaner to remove dust, or wash the filler with water. After washing, dry the filter completely in the shade. Attach the filter. Attach the filter correctly so that the “FRONT” indication is facing to the front. Make sure that the filter is completely fixed behind the stopper. If the right and left filters are not attached correctly, that may cause defects. Close the inlet grille. Replacement of Air Purifying Filter Open the Inlet Grille Prop up the inlet grille by using a small device named grille-support which located in the right side of the indoor unit. Detach the standard air filter Slide the knob slightly upward to release the filter, then withdraw it. Attach Air Purifying Filter Put air purifying filter appliances into the right and left filter frames. Attach the standard air filter (Necessary installation) ATTENTION: The white side of the photocatalyst air purifying filter face outside,and the black side face the unit. The green side of the bacteria-killing medium air purifying filter face outside, and the white side face the unit. Close the Inlet Grille NOTE: The photocatalyst air purifying filter will be solarized in fixed time. In normal family, it will be solarized every 6 months. The bacteria-killing medium air purifying filter will be used for a long time, no need for replacement. But in the period of using them, you should remove the dust frequently by using vacuum cleaner or flapping them lightly, otherwise , its performance will be affected. Please keep the bacteria-killing medium air purifying filter in the cool and dry conditions avoid long time directly sunshine when you stop using it, or its ability of sterilization will be reduced. [...]<p><a class="btn btn-secondary understrap-read-more-link" href="https://usemanuals.com/haier/as09pbdhra-air-conditioner/">Read More...</a></p>]]></description>
										<content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>&nbsp;</p>
<h3><img decoding="async" src="https://usemanuals.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/02/Haier-Logo-2.webp" /></h3>
<h4>Haier AS09PBDHRA Split Type Room Air Conditioner</h4>
<p><img decoding="async" src="https://usemanuals.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/02/Haier-AS09PBDHRA-Split-Type-Room-Air-Conditioner.webp" /></p>
<p><strong>WARNING:</strong></p>
<ul>
<li>Read the maintenance instructions before opening the appliance.</li>
<li>Eye or skin irritation may result from exposure from top air inlet and inner part. During air filter taking and putting for maintenance, please make sure that the power is cut off before approaching the product.</li>
<li>UV-C barriers bearing the ultraviolet radiation hazard symbol should not be removed.</li>
<li>Appliances that are obviously damaged must not be operated.</li>
<li>Do not operate UV-C lamps outside of the appliance.</li>
<li>The appliance must be disconnected from the power supply before replacing or cleaning or other maintenance of the UV-C lamp.</li>
<li>The type of UV-Clamp is 0011012908A.</li>
<li>Front panels bearing the ultraviolet radiation hazard symbol which have UV-C radiation are provided with a switch to interrupt the power to the UV-Clamps for your safety. Do not over-ride switch by magnet and other similar material.</li>
<li>Before opening front panels bearing the ultraviolet radiation hazard symbol for the conducting user maintenance, it is recommended to disconnect the power.</li>
<li>If the UV-C lamp is damaged, it must be replaced by the manufacturer, its service agent or similarly qualified persons in order to avoid a hazard.</li>
<li>Unintended use of the appliance or damage to the housing may result in the escape of dangerous UV-C radiation. UV-C radiation may, even in small doses, cause harm to the eyes and skin.</li>
</ul>
<h4>Parts and Functions</h4>
<h5>Indoor Unit</h5>
<p><img decoding="async" src="https://usemanuals.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/02/Indoor-Unit.webp" /></p>
<p><strong>Display board</strong></p>
<ul>
<li>Setting temp. display</li>
<li>Operation mode indicator</li>
<li>Remote signal receiver</li>
</ul>
<p>Actual inlet grille may vary from the one shown in the manual according to the product purchased</p>
<h5>Outdoor Unit</h5>
<p><img decoding="async" src="https://usemanuals.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/02/Outdoor-Unit-1.webp" /></p>
<ol>
<li>OUTLET</li>
<li>INLET</li>
<li>CONNECTING PIPING AND ELECTRICAL WIRING</li>
<li>DRAIN HOSE</li>
</ol>
<h5>Wi-Fi Setup</h5>
<p>If your Air Cond几ioner (AC) has a Connected Appliance Information label located under the front cover as shown below, your AC is Wi-Fi Connect Enabled. A Wi-Fi communication card is built into the product allowing it to communicate with your smart phone for remote monitoring, control and notifications.<br />
Please visit <a href="http://www.haier.com.au/smart" target="_blank" rel="noopener">www.haier.com.au/smart</a> or <a href="http://www.haier.co.nz/smart" target="_blank" rel="noopener">www.haier.co.nz/smart</a> to learn more about connected appliance features, and to learn what connected appliance apps will work with your smart phone.</p>
<p><img decoding="async" src="https://usemanuals.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/02/WiFi-Setup.webp" /></p>
<h5>Remote Controller</h5>
<p><img decoding="async" src="https://usemanuals.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/02/Remote-Controller-01.webp" /></p>
<ol>
<li>Mode display<br />
<img decoding="async" src="https://usemanuals.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/02/Remote-Controller-02.webp" /></li>
<li>Signal sending display</li>
<li>SWING display</li>
<li>FAN SPEED display<br />
<img decoding="async" src="https://usemanuals.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/02/Remote-Controller-03.webp" /></li>
<li>LOCK display</li>
<li>TIMER OFF display TIMER ON display</li>
<li>TEMP display</li>
<li>Additional functions display<br />
<img decoding="async" src="https://usemanuals.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/02/Remote-Controller-04.webp" /></li>
<li>QUIET button</li>
<li>HEAT button</li>
<li>COOL button</li>
<li>AUTO button</li>
<li>FAN SPEED button</li>
<li>TIMER button</li>
<li>SELF CLEAN button</li>
<li>LOCK button<br />
Used to lock buttons and LCD display</li>
<li>LIGHT button<br />
Control the lightening and extinguishing of the indoor LED display board.</li>
<li>POWER ON/OFF button</li>
<li>DRY button</li>
<li>TEMP button</li>
<li>SWING button</li>
<li>HOUR button</li>
<li>EXTRA FUNCTION button<br />
Function: Sleeping → HEALTH (UV-C lamp starts working) → Healthy airflow position 1 → Healthy airflow position 2 → Power → Air sending → A-8 yard → Left/Right Swing (This function is unavailable on some models.)</li>
<li>CANCEUCON FIRM button<br />
Function: Setting and cancel to the timer and other additional functions.</li>
<li>RESET button<br />
When the remote controller appears abnormal, use a sharp pointed article to press this button to reset the remote.</li>
</ol>
<p><strong>NOTE:</strong><br />
Cooling only unit do not have displays and functions related with heating If the unit which you purchased has healthy function, follow it. If not, please ignore.</p>
<h5>Loading of the Battery</h5>
<p><img decoding="async" src="https://usemanuals.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/02/Loading-of-the-Battery.webp" /></p>
<ol>
<li>Remove the battery cover;</li>
<li>Load the batteries as illustrated. 2 R-03 batteries, resetting key (cylinder); e sure that the loading is in line with the “+” / “-“;</li>
<li>Load the battery, then put on the cover again.</li>
</ol>
<p><strong>Note:</strong></p>
<ul>
<li>The distance between the signal transmission head and the receiver hole should be within 7m without any obstacle as well.</li>
<li>When electronic-started type fluorescent lamp or change- over type fluorescent lamp or wireless telephone is installed in the room, the receiver is apt to be disturbed in receiving the signals, so the distance to the indoor unit should be shorter.</li>
<li>Full display or unclear display during operation indicates the batteries have been used up. Please change batteries.</li>
<li>If the remote controller can’t run normally during operation, please remove the batteries and reload several minutes later.</li>
</ul>
<h4>Operation</h4>
<h5>Unit Start / Stop</h5>
<p><strong>Remote Controller</strong></p>
<p><img decoding="async" src="https://usemanuals.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/02/Operation-2.webp" /></p>
<ol>
<li>Unit start<br />
Press ON/OFF on the remote controller, unit starts.</li>
<li>Select temp. setting<br />
Press TEMP+/ TEMP- button<br />
<strong>TEMP+</strong> Every time the button is pressed, temp. setting increase 1°C, if kept depressed, it will increase rapidly<br />
<strong>TEMP-</strong> Every time the button is pressed, temp. setting decrease 1°C, if kept depressed, it will decrease rapidly<br />
Select a desired temperature.</li>
<li>Fan speed selection<br />
Press FAN button. For each press, fan speed changes as follows:<br />
Remote controller:<br />
<img decoding="async" src="https://usemanuals.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/02/Fan-Speed-Selection.webp" />Air conditioner is running under displayed fan speed. When FAN is set to AUTO, the air conditioner automatically adjusts the fan speed according to room temperature.</li>
</ol>
<table width="931">
<tbody>
<tr>
<td width="127"><strong>Operation Mode</strong></td>
<td width="441"><strong>Note</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="127">AUTO</td>
<td width="441">Under the mode of auto operation, air conditioner will automatically select Cool or Heat operation according to room temperature. When FAN is set to AUTO, the air conditioner automatically adjusts the fan speed according to room temperature.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="127">COOL</td>
<td width="441">Cooling only unit do not have displays and functions related with heating</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="127">DRY</td>
<td width="441">In ORY mode, when room temperature becomes lower than temp.setting +2°C, unit will run intermittently at LOW speed regardless of FAN setting.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="127">HEAT</td>
<td width="441">In HEAT mode, warm air will blow out after a short period of the time due to cold draft prevention function.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="127">FAN</td>
<td width="441">In FAN operation mode, the unit will not operate in COOL or HEAT mode but only in FAN mode, AUTO is not available in FAN mode. And temp. setting is disabled. When FAN is set to AUTO, the air conditioner automatically adjusts the fan speed according to room temperature. In FAN mode, SLEEP operation is not available.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p><strong>Cautions:</strong></p>
<ul>
<li>When adjusting the flap by hand, turn off the unit.</li>
<li>When humidity is high. condensate water might occur at air outlet if all vertical louvers are adjusted to left or right.</li>
<li>It is advisable not to keep horizontal flap at downward position for a long time in COOL or DRY mode, otherwise, condensate water might occur.</li>
</ul>
<p><strong>Note:</strong><br />
When restart after remote turning off, the remote controller will automatically return to the previous set swing position.</p>
<h5>OREO Operation</h5>
<p>Haier Peaksmart enabled air-conditioners have a Demand Response Mode display on the indoor unit.<br />
The display could be labelled d1, d2, d3 (wording may differ model to model).<br />
These modes are described in more detail below:</p>
<table width="950">
<tbody>
<tr>
<td width="29">DRM3</td>
<td width="32">d3</td>
<td width="124">Your air-conditioner will continue to cool or heat during the peak demand event. The energy consumed by your air-conditioner is capped to 75%.</td>
<td width="160">No action is required.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="29">DRM2</td>
<td width="32">d2</td>
<td width="124">Your air-conditioner will continue to cool or heat during the peak demand event. The energy consumed by your air-conditioner is capped to 50%.</td>
<td width="160">No action is required.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="29">DRM1</td>
<td width="32">d1</td>
<td width="124">Your air-conditioner is still turned on and the fan will continue to operate. Your compressor is turned off and cool/hot air will no longer be generated</td>
<td width="160">DRM1mode is only activated during emergency demand management situations. This mode will automatically reset the device within2 hours .If your air-con is in this mode for longer than 2 hours please contact Energex on 13 12 53.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<h5>Timer On/Off On-Off Operation</h5>
<ol>
<li>After unit starts, select your desired operation mode.</li>
<li>Press TIMER button to change TIMER mode. Every time the button is pressed, display changes as follows:<br />
Remote controller:<br />
<img decoding="async" src="https://usemanuals.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/02/Timer-On-Off-Operation.webp" /> Then select your desired TIMER mode (TIMER ON or TIMER OFF or TIMER ON-OFF). “ON” or “OFF” will flash.</li>
<li>Press ⇑ / ⇓ button to set time.
<ul>
<li>⇑ Press the button for each time, setting time in the first 12 hours increased by 0.5 hour every time, after 12 hours, increased by 1 hour every time.</li>
<li>⇓ Press the button for each time, setting time in the first 12 hours decreased by 0.5 hour every time, after 12 hours, decreased by 1 hour every time.<br />
It can be adjusted within 24 hours.</li>
</ul>
</li>
<li>Confirm timer setting<br />
After adjust the time, press Confirm/Cancel button and confirm the time ON or OFF button will not flash any more.</li>
<li>Cancel timer setting<br />
Press the Confirm/Cancel button by times until the time display eliminated.</li>
</ol>
<p><strong>Hints:</strong><br />
After replacing batteries or a power failure happens, time setting should be reset.<br />
According to the Time setting sequence of TIMER ON or TIMER OFF, either Start-Stop or Stop-Start can be achieved.</p>
<h5>Self Clean Operation</h5>
<ul>
<li>Functional description: the purpose of this function is to clean the evaporator and condenser.</li>
<li>Entry and exit, Press self clean button to enter this function, then it will display “CL” on the panel of the indoor unit and also on the remote controller. After running 20-30 minutes, this function will exit automatically when the “Pi” sound is heard twice, then the unit returns to original state. Under operation process of self clean, pressing the button repeatedly has no effect and the function will not exit, but pressing the power off button and other mode button can make it exit.</li>
</ul>
<h5>POWER/SOFT Operation</h5>
<ol>
<li>POWER Operation<br />
When you need rapid heating or cooling, you can use this function. Press Extra Function button to enter additional options, when cycle display to will flash, and then press Confirm/Cancel, enter to power function. When cancel the function, please enter additional options again and to cancel power function.</li>
<li>QUIET Operation<br />
You can use this function when silence is needed for rest or reading. Press QUIET button, the remote controller will show down arrow, and then achieve to the quiet function. Press again this QUIET button , the quiet function will be cancelled.</li>
</ol>
<p><strong>Note:</strong><br />
During POWER operation, in rapid COOL mode , the room will show inhomogeneous temperature distribution.<br />
Long period QUIET operation will cause effect of not too cool or not too warm.</p>
<h5>Emergency Operation and Test Operation</h5>
<p>Emergency Operation:</p>
<p><img decoding="async" src="https://usemanuals.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/02/Emergency-operation-and-test-operation.webp" /></p>
<ul>
<li>Use this operation only when the remote controller is defective or lost.</li>
<li>When the emergency operation switch is pressed, the “Pi” sound is heard once, which means the start of this operation.</li>
<li>In this operation, the system automatically selects the operation modes, cooling or fan or heat, according to the room temperature.<br />
<table width="738">
<tbody>
<tr>
<td width="125"><strong>Room Temperature</strong></td>
<td width="125"><strong>Operation Mode</strong></td>
<td width="125"><strong>Designated Temperature</strong></td>
<td width="125"><strong>Timer Mode</strong></td>
<td width="125"><strong>Air Flow</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="125">Above 23°C</td>
<td width="125">Cooling</td>
<td width="125">26°C</td>
<td width="125">No</td>
<td width="125">Automatic</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="125">Below 23°C</td>
<td width="125">Heat</td>
<td width="125">23°C</td>
<td width="125">No</td>
<td width="125">Automatic</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<table width="736">
<tbody>
<tr>
<td width="125"><strong>(Cooling Only Unit)<br />
Room Temperature</strong></td>
<td width="125"><strong>Operation Mode</strong></td>
<td width="125"><strong>Designated Temperature</strong></td>
<td width="125"><strong>Timer Mode</strong></td>
<td width="125"><strong>Air Flow</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="125">Below 23°C</td>
<td width="125">Fan</td>
<td width="125">26°C</td>
<td width="125">No</td>
<td width="125">Automatic</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
</li>
<li>It is not possible to operate in dry mode.</li>
</ul>
<p><strong>Test Operation:<br />
</strong>Test operation switch is the same as emergency switch.</p>
<ul>
<li>Use this switch in the test operation when the room temperature is below 16·c, do not use it in the normal operation.</li>
<li>Continue to press the test operation switch for more than 5 seconds. After you hear the “Pi” sound twice, release your finger from the switch: the cooling operation starts with the air flow speed “Hi”.</li>
<li>After 30 minutes, test operation ends automatically.</li>
</ul>
<p><img decoding="async" src="https://usemanuals.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/02/Test-operation.webp" /></p>
<h5>Comfortable SLEEP</h5>
<p>Press EXTRA FUNCTION button to enter additional options, when cycle display to CLOCK icon, clock icon will flash. And then press Confirm/Cancel button enter to sleep function.</p>
<p><img decoding="async" src="https://usemanuals.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/02/Comfortable-SLEEP.webp" /></p>
<p><strong>Operation Mode</strong></p>
<ol>
<li>In COOL,DRY mode<br />
1 hour after SLEEP mode starts.temp will become 1°C higher than temp setting. After another 1 hour, temp rises by 1°C further .The unit will run for further 6 hours then stops. Temp is higher than temp setting so that room temperature won’t be too low for your sleep.<br />
<img decoding="async" src="https://usemanuals.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/02/COOL-DRY-mode.webp" /></li>
<li>In HEAT mode<br />
1 hour after SLEEP mode starts, temp will become 2°C lower than temp setting. After another 1 hour, temp decrease by 2°C further. After more another 3 hours, temp rises by 1°C further. The unit will run for further 3 hours then stops.Temp is lower than temp setting so that room temperature won’t be too high for your sleep.<br />
<img decoding="async" src="https://usemanuals.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/02/HEAT-mode-1.webp" /></li>
<li>In AUTO mode<br />
The unit operates in corresponding sleep mode corresponding sleep mode adapted to the automatically selected operation mode.</li>
<li>In FAN mode<br />
It has no SLEEP function.</li>
<li>When comfortable sleeping function is set to 8 hours the comfortable sleeping time can not be adjusted. When TIMER function is set, the comfortable sleeping function can’t be set up. After the sleeping function is set up, if user resets TIMER function, the sleeping function will be cancelled; the machine will be in the state of timing-on, if the two modes are set up at the same time, either of their operation time is ended first, the unit will stop automatically, and the other mode will be cancelled.</li>
</ol>
<p><strong>Note:</strong><br />
When TIMER function is set, the sleeping function can’t be set up. After the sleeping function is set up, if user resets TIMER function, the sleeping function will be cancelled; the machine will be in the state of timing-on.</p>
<p><strong>Power Failure Resume Function</strong><br />
If the unit is started for the first time, the compressor will not start running unless 3 minutes have elapsed. When the power resumes after power failure, the unit will run automatically, and 3 minutes later the compressor starts running.</p>
<h5>Healthy Airflow Operation</h5>
<ol>
<li>Press Power button to starting<br />
Setting the comfort work conditions.</li>
<li>The setting of healthy airflow function<br />
Press EXTRA FUNCTION button to enter additional options. Press this button continuously, the louvers location will cycle between in the following three locations, to choose the swing location what you needed, and then press Confirm/Cancel button to confirm.<br />
<img decoding="async" src="https://usemanuals.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/02/Healthy-Airflow-Operation.webp" /></li>
<li>The cancel of the healthy airflow function<br />
Press EXTRA FUNCTION button to enter additional options. Press this button continuously, the louvers location will cycle between in the following three locations again, and then press Confirm/Cancel button to cancel.<br />
<strong>Notice:</strong> Do not direct the flap by hand. Otherwise, the grille will run incorrectly. If the grille is not run correctly, stop for a minute and then start, adjusting by remote<br />
controller.</li>
</ol>
<p><strong>Note:</strong></p>
<ol>
<li>After setting the healthy airflow function, the position grill is fixed.</li>
<li>In cooling, it is better to select the slide mode.</li>
<li>In cooling and dry, using the air conditioner for a long time under the high air humidity, condensate water may occur at the grille.</li>
</ol>
<h5>HEALTH Operation</h5>
<p>Press EXTRA FUNCTION button to enter additional options, when cycle display to icon, icon will flash, and then press Confirm/Cancel enter to HEALTH function. When cancel the function, please enter additional options again and to cancel HEALTH function. UV sterilization function: it uses the c-band with the most effective sterilization effect in ultraviolet radiation to remove harmful micro-organisms such as bacteria in the air, which has remarkable effects to make the air healthy.<br />
<strong>Attention:</strong></p>
<ol>
<li>It is recommended to turn on the UV sterilization function for 1-2 hours in one day, longer time will affect the life of the UV lamp.</li>
<li>Do not look directly at the UV lamp or touch it with your hand when the sterilizing function is on. Please turn off the sterilizing function before opening the panel.</li>
<li>Tinged blue light may appear near the air conditioning inlet when the sterilizing function is on.</li>
<li>Only when the internal fan starts and health function turned on, the UV lamp will be lighted.</li>
</ol>
<h4>Maintenance</h4>
<h5>For Smart Use of The Air Conditioner</h5>
<table width="1000">
<tbody>
<tr>
<td width="312">Setting of proper room temperature</td>
<td width="312"><img decoding="async" src="https://usemanuals.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/02/Maintenance-01-1.webp" /></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="312">Do not block the air inlet or outlet</td>
<td width="312"><img decoding="async" src="https://usemanuals.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/02/Maintenance-02-2.webp" /></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="312">Close doors and windows during operation</td>
<td width="312"><img decoding="async" src="https://usemanuals.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/02/Maintenance-03.webp" /></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="312">Use the timer effectively</td>
<td width="312"><img decoding="async" src="https://usemanuals.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/02/Maintenance-04.webp" /></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="312">If the unit is not to be used for a long time, turn off the power supply main switch.</td>
<td width="312"><img decoding="async" src="https://usemanuals.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/02/Maintenance-05.webp" /></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="312">Use the louvers effectively</td>
<td width="312"><img decoding="async" src="https://usemanuals.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/02/Maintenance-06.webp" /></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="312">Remote Controller<br />
Do not use water, wipe the controller with a dry cloth. Do not use glass cleaner or chemical cloth.</td>
<td width="312"><img decoding="async" src="https://usemanuals.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/02/Maintenance-07.webp" /></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="312">Indoor Body<br />
Wipe the air conditioner by using a soft and dry cloth. For serious stains, use a neutral detergent diluted with water. Wring the water out of the cloth before wiping, then wipe off the detergent completely.</td>
<td width="312"><img decoding="async" src="https://usemanuals.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/02/Maintenance-08.webp" /></td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p><strong>Do not use the following for cleaning</strong></p>
<p>Gasoline, benzine, thinner or cleanser may damage the coating of the unit.</p>
<p><img decoding="async" src="https://usemanuals.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/02/Maintenance-09-1.webp" /></p>
<p>Hot water over 40°C (104°F) may cause discoloring or deformation.</p>
<p><img decoding="async" src="https://usemanuals.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/02/Maintenance-10.webp" /></p>
<h5>Air Filter Cleaning</h5>
<ol>
<li>Open the inlet grille by pulling it upward.<br />
<img decoding="async" src="https://usemanuals.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/02/Air-Filter-Cleaning.webp" /></li>
<li>Remove the filter.<br />
Push up the filters center tab slightly until it is released from the stopper, and remove the filter downward.</li>
<li>Clean the filter.<br />
Use a vacuum cleaner to remove dust, or wash the filler with water. After washing, dry the filter completely in the shade.</li>
<li>Attach the filter.<br />
Attach the filter correctly so that the “FRONT” indication is facing to the front. Make sure that the filter is completely fixed behind the stopper. If the right and left filters are not attached correctly, that may cause defects.</li>
<li>Close the inlet grille.</li>
</ol>
<h5>Replacement of Air Purifying Filter</h5>
<ol>
<li>Open the Inlet Grille<br />
Prop up the inlet grille by using a small device named grille-support which located in the right side of the indoor unit.<br />
<img decoding="async" src="https://usemanuals.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/02/Replacement-of-Air-Purifying-Filter-01.webp" /></li>
<li>Detach the standard air filter<br />
Slide the knob slightly upward to release the filter, then withdraw it.<br />
<img decoding="async" src="https://usemanuals.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/02/Replacement-of-Air-Purifying-Filter-02.webp" /></li>
<li>Attach Air Purifying Filter<br />
Put air purifying filter appliances into the right and left filter frames.<br />
<img decoding="async" src="https://usemanuals.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/02/Replacement-of-Air-Purifying-Filter-03.webp" /></li>
<li>Attach the standard air filter (Necessary installation)<br />
<img decoding="async" src="https://usemanuals.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/02/Replacement-of-Air-Purifying-Filter-04.webp" /><strong>ATTENTION:</strong><br />
The white side of the photocatalyst air purifying filter face outside,and the black side face the unit. The green side of the bacteria-killing medium air purifying filter face outside, and the white side face the unit.</li>
<li>Close the Inlet Grille</li>
</ol>
<p><strong>NOTE:</strong></p>
<ul>
<li>The photocatalyst air purifying filter will be solarized in fixed time. In normal family, it will be solarized every 6 months.</li>
<li>The bacteria-killing medium air purifying filter will be used for a long time, no need for replacement. But in the period of using them, you should remove the dust frequently by using vacuum cleaner or flapping them lightly, otherwise , its performance will be affected.</li>
<li>Please keep the bacteria-killing medium air purifying filter in the cool and dry conditions avoid long time directly sunshine when you stop using it, or its ability of sterilization will be reduced.</li>
</ul>
<form id="commentform" class="comment-form" action="https://manuals.plus/wp-comments-post.php" method="post" novalidate="">
<p class="form-submit"><input id="comment_post_ID" name="comment_post_ID" type="hidden" value="2159184" /><br />
<input id="comment_parent" name="comment_parent" type="hidden" value="0" /></p>
</form>
]]></content:encoded>
					
		
		
			</item>
		<item>
		<title>Haier QHNG08AA Room Air Conditioner Manual</title>
		<link>https://usemanuals.com/haier/qhng08aa-air-conditioner/</link>
		
		<dc:creator><![CDATA[ItsManual]]></dc:creator>
		<pubDate>Sun, 16 Apr 2023 06:55:55 +0000</pubDate>
				<category><![CDATA[Haier]]></category>
		<guid isPermaLink="false">https://usemanuals.com/?p=68696</guid>

					<description><![CDATA[&#160; SAFETY INFORMATION WARNING For your safety, the information in this manual must be followed to minimize the risk of fire, electric shock or personal injury.  Use this appliance only for its intended purpose as described in this Owner’s Manual.  This air conditioner must be properly installed in accordance with the Installation Instructions before it is used.  Never unplug your air conditioner by pulling on the power cord. Always grip plug firmly and pull straight out from the receptacle.  Replace immediately all electric service cords that have become frayed or otherwise damaged. A damaged power supply cord must be replaced with a new power supply cord obtained from the manufacturer and not repaired. Do not use a cord that shows cracks or abrasion damage along its length or at either the plug or connector end.  Turn the unit OFF and unplug your air conditioner before cleaning.  For your safety…do not store or use combustible materials, gasoline or other flammable vapors or liquids in the vicinity of this or any other appliance.  If the receptacle does not match the plug, the receptacle must be changed out by a qualified electrician. Risk of Fire or Explosion. This unit contains flammable refrigerant. Additional safety precautions must be followed.  Do not use means to accelerate the defrosting process or to clean, other than those recommended by the manufacturer.  The appliance shall be stored in a room without continuously operating ignition sources (for example: open flames, an operating gas appliance or an operating electric heater.  Do not pierce or burn refrigerant tubing. Be aware that refrigerants may not contain an odor.  Keep ventilation openings clear of obstruction.  When handling, installing, and operating the appliance, care should be taken to avoid damage to the refrigerant tubing.  Do not drill holes in the unit.  Maintenance, cleaning, and service should only be performed by technicians properly trained and qualified in the use of flammable refrigerants.  GE Appliances does not support any servicing of the air conditioner.  Dispose of air conditioner in accordance with Federal and Local Regulations. Flammable refrigerants require special disposal procedures. Contact your local authorities for the environmentally safe disposal of your air conditioner. CONTROLS Features and appearance will vary. Lights beside the touch pads on the air conditioner control panel indicate the selected settings. Power Pad Turns air conditioner on and off. When turned on, the display will show the Set temperature. Display Shows the Set temperature or time remaining on the Delay timer. Shows the Set temperature while setting the temperature in Cool or Eco modes.  Temp and Delay Increase /Decrease Pads Use to set temperature or delay time. Temperature can be set in Cool and Eco mode. Mode Pad Use to set the air conditioner to Fan Only, Cool, or Eco mode.  Fan Speed Pad In Cool or Eco mode: Use to set the fan speed to Auto, High, Med or Low on the unit. In Fan Only mode: Use to set the fan speed to High, Med, or Low on the unit. Delay Pad (set by remote control only) Delay ON—When the air conditioner is off, it can be set to automatically come on in 1 to 24 hours at its previous mode and fan settings. Delay OFF—When the air conditioner is on, it can be set to automatically turn off in 1 to 24 hours. How to set: Press the Delay pad on the remote control. Each touch of the Increase / Decrease pads on the remote control will set the timer in 1-hour intervals. To review the remaining time on the Delay timer, press the Delay pad on the remote control. Use the Increase / Decrease pads on the remote control to set a new time if desired. To cancel the timer, press Decrease pad on the remote control until the set time is zero. Sleep Pad (set by air conditioner controls only) The SLEEP mode sets the unit to gradually change settings over an 8 hour period to allow for some increased energy efficiency during sleep hours. The SLEEP mode is available only in COOL and FAN only settings. Press the SLEEP mode pad and its light will illuminate. The fan indicator will stay at the same setting but the air conditioner will automatically change the FAN speed to low in either COOL or FAN only mode. In FAN only mode, the fan will stay in the LOW speed setting for 8 hours. After 8 hours, the air conditioner will turn off. In COOL mode, the fan will stay in the LOW speed setting for 8 hours from the time the SLEEP mode pad was pressed. The air conditioner will also raise the set point 2°F in 30 minutes and 2°F more in another 30 minutes where it will remain for the next 7 hours. After 8 hours, the air conditioner will turn off. While the unit is in SLEEP mode, pressing any pad will return it to the settings that were in place before the SLEEP mode pad was pressed.  Filter Reset Pad This feature automatically notifies you that the air filter must be cleaned. The indicator light will come on after 250 hours of operation. Clean the air filter (refer to page 7), place it back in the front panel, and press the Filter Reset pad. The light will go off. SmartHQ Pad Enables connection of the air conditioner to the home WiFi. Download the Haier Home App For details go to Haierappliances.com. USING THE AIR CONDITIONER Do Not Operate in Freezing Outdoor Conditions This cool-only air conditioner was not designed for freezing outdoor conditions. It must not be used when the outdoor temperature is below freezing (32°F). Control Panel Lights On/Off Feature This air conditioner has a control panel lights on/off feature where its lights will turn off when there is no activity with the controls for over one minute. To wake up the controls, press any pad on the controls and the lights will come on to show the previous settings. To turn this feature off, press and hold the SLEEP pad, on the unit, for 5 seconds. The unit will beep to signal the successful toggle of the feature on and off. Remote Control • To ensure proper operation, aim the remote control at the signal receiver on the air conditioner. • The remote control signal has a range of up to 20 feet. • Make sure nothing is between the air conditioner and the remote control that could block the signal. • Make sure batteries are fresh and installed correctly as indicated on the remote control. Cool Mode Use the Cool mode at Low, Med, High or Speed for cooling. Use the Temperature Increase / Decrease pads to set the desired temperature between 64°F and 86°F in 1°F increments. An electronic thermostat is used to maintain the room temperature. The compressor will cycle on and off to keep the room at the set level of comfort. Set the thermostat at a lower number and the indoor air will become cooler. Set the thermostat at a higher number and the indoor air will become warmer. Cooling Descriptions For Normal Cooling—Select the Cool mode and High or Med fan with a middle set temperature. For Maximum Cooling—Select the Cool mode and High fan with a lower set temperature. For Quieter and Nighttime Cooling—Select the Cool mode and Low fan with a middle set temperature. Eco Mode Controls the fan. ON—The fan will cycle on and off with the compressor. This may result in wider variations of room temperature and humidity. NOTE: the fan may continue to run for a short time or may pulse intermittently after the compressor cycles off to sample the room air. OFF—The fan runs all the time, while the compressor cycles on and off. Fan Only Mode Use the Fan Only Mode at Low, Med or High fan speed to provide air circulation and filtering without cooling. Since fan-only settings do not provide cooling, a Set temperature cannot be entered. The room temperature will appear in the display. Auto Fan Mode Set to Auto for the fan speed to automatically set to the speed needed to provide optimum comfort settings with the set temperature. If the room needs more cooling, the fan speed will automatically increase. If the room needs less cooling, the fan speed will automatically decrease. USING THE AIR CONDITIONER Air Direction Use the levers to adjust the air direction left or right. Tilt the louver bank to adjust up and down. CARE AND CLEANING Grille and Case Turn the air conditioner off and remove the plug from the wall outlet before cleaning. To clean, use water and a mild detergent. Do not use bleach or abrasives. Air Filter The air filter behind the front grille should be checked and cleaned at least every 30 days or more often if necessary. To remove: Open the inlet grille by pulling downward on the tabs at the top upper corners of the inlet grille until the grille is in a 45º position. Remove the filter. Clean the filter with warm, soapy water. Rinse and let the filter dry before replacing it. Do not clean the filter in a dishwasher. Outdoor Coils The coils on the outdoor side of the air conditioner should be checked regularly. If they are clogged with dirt or soot, they may be professionally cleaned. How to Insert the Batteries in the Remote Control 1. Remove the battery cover by sliding it according to the arrow direction. 2. Insert new batteries, making sure that the (+) and (–) of battery are installed correctly. 3. Reattach the cover by sliding it back into position. NOTES: • Use 2 “AAA” (1.5 volt) batteries. Do not use rechargeable batteries. • Remove the batteries from the remote control if the system is not going to be used for a long time. • Do not mix old and new batteries. Do not mix standard (carbon-zinc) or rechargeable (ni-cad, ni-mh, etc) batteries. INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS BEFORE YOU BEGIN Read these instructions completely and carefully. IMPORTANT – Save these instructions for local inspector’s use.  IMPORTANT – Observe all governing codes and ordinances.  Note to Installer – Be sure to leave these instructions with the Consumer.  Note to Consumer – Keep these instructions for future reference.  Skill level – Installation of this appliance requires basic mechanical skills.  Completion time – Approximately 1 hour  We recommend that two people install this product.  Proper installation is the responsibility of the installer. Product failure due to improper installation is not covered under the Warranty.  You MUST use all supplied parts and use proper installation procedures as described in these instructions when installing this air conditioner. ELECTRICAL REQUIREMENTS These models require a 115/120-volt AC, 60-Hz grounded outlet protected with a 15-amp time-delay fuse or circuit breaker. The 3-prong grounding plug minimizes the possibility of electric shock hazard. If the wall outlet you plan to use is only a 2-prong outlet, it is your responsibility to have it replaced with a properly grounded 3-prong wall outlet. CAUTION Do not, under any circumstances, cut or remove the third (ground) prong from the power cord. Do not change the plug on the power cord of this air conditioner. Aluminum house wiring may present special problems—consult a qualified electrician. TOOLS YOU WILL NEED INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS  WINDOW REQUIREMENTS • These instructions are for a standard double-hung window. You will need to modify them for other types of windows. • The air conditioner can be installed without the side curtain panels if needed to fit in a narrow window. See the window opening dimensions. • All supporting parts must be secured to firm wood, masonry or metal. • The electrical outlet must be within reach of the power cord. • Follow the dimensions in the table and illustration for your model. STORM WINDOW REQUIREMENTS A storm window frame will not allow the air conditioner to tilt toward the outside, and will keep it from draining properly. To adjust for this, attach a piece of wood to the sill. WOOD PIECES WIDTH: 2 LENGTH: Long enough to fit inside the window frame. THICKNESS: To determine the thickness, place a piece of wood on the sill to make it 1/2″ higher than the top of the storm window frame or the vinyl frame. Attach securely with nails or screws provided by the installer. PREPARE THE AIR CONDITIONER  Install the top mounting rail with Type A screws, 4 for AHH10 and 3 for AHH08, from the outside of the case.  Apply the weather seals provided to the bottom, top and sides of the window to the seal around the perimeter of the air conditioner.&#124;  Slide the side curtain panels into the side panel rails.  Slide left and right side curtain frames into top and bottom rails. Make sure that side curtains snap into side of the frames.  INSTALL THE AIR CONDITIONER IN THE WINDOW  Mark the center of the window. Set the air conditioner in the window so that is it centered. Place the air conditioner so that front edge of the bottom mounting rail is against the back edge of the sill.  Bring the window down so that the front edge of the top mounting is in front of the window. Make sure that the air conditioner is level or tilting slightly to the outside.  Extend the curtain panels until they fill the window. Mark the location of the holes in each corner. Use the drill and 1/8” drill bit to drill pilot holes. Use 4 type B screws to secure the side panels in place.  SECURE AIR CONDITIONER  Loosen the screw on the right hand side of the air conditioner near the bottom.  Slide a side bracket over the screw so that the bracket is resting on the window sill. Tighten the screw.  Use a 1/8” drill bit to drill a starter hole into the window sill through the holes in the side bracket. Use 4 type B screws to attach the side bracket to the window sill.  Repeat the side bracket installation on the left side.  Measure and cut adhesive foam backed sheet. Apply over side curtain and frame. INSTALL WINDOW LOCK BRACKET AND FOAM TOP WINDOW GASKET Use Type B Screw to install the window lock bracket on top of the bottom window. CAUTION To prevent broken glass or damage to windows, on vinyl or other similarly constructed windows, attach the window locking bracket to the window side jamb with one Type B screw.  Cut the foam top window gasket to the window width.  Stuff the foam between the glass and the window to prevent air and insects from getting into the room. NOTE: If the gasket supplied does not fit your window, obtain appropriate material locally to provide a proper installation seal. TROUBLESHOOTING Save time and money! Review the charts on the following pages first and you may not need to call for service. Problem Possible Cause What To Do Air conditioner does not start. The unit is unplugged. Make sure the air conditioner plug is pushed completely into the outlet. The fuse is blown/circuit breaker is tripped. Check the house fuse/circuit breaker box and replace the fuse or reset the breaker. Power Failure. The unit will automatically restart in the setting last used after the power is restored. There is a protective time delay (approximately 3 minutes) to prevent tripping of the compressor overload. For this reason, the unit may not start normal cooling for 3 minutes after it is turned back on. The current interrupter device is tripped. Press RESET button located on the power cord plug. If the RESET button will not stay engaged, discontinue use of the air conditioner and contact a qualified service technician. Air conditioner does not cool as it should. Indoor airflow is restricted. Make sure there are not curtains, blinds or furniture blocking the front of the air conditioner. The temp control may not be set properly. Turn the temperature control to a higher number. The air filter is dirty. Clean the filter at least every 30 days. See Care and Cleaning section. The room may have been hot. When the air conditioner is first turned on, you need to allow time for the room to cool down. Cold air is escaping. Check for open furnace registers and cold air returns. Cooling coils have iced up. See “Air conditioner freezing up” below. Air conditioner freezing up Ice blocks the air flow and stops the air conditioner from cooling the room. Set the mode control to High Fan or High Cool with the temperature setting as high as it can be set. Water drips outside Hot, humid weather. This is normal. Water drips inside The air conditioner is not tilted to the outside. For proper disposal, make sure the air conditioner slants slightly from the case front to the rear. Water collects in base pan Moisture removed from air and drain into base pan. This is normal for a short period in areas with little humidity; normal for a longer period in very humid areas. NORMAL OPERATING SOUNDS  You may hear a pinging noise caused by water being picked up and thrown against the condenser on rainy days or when the humidity is high. This design feature helps remove moisture and improve efficiency.  You may hear the thermostat click when the compressor cycles on and off. Water will collect in the base pan during high humidity or on rainy days. The water may overflow and drip from the outdoor side of the unit. The fan may run even when the compressor does not. Water droplets being thrown against the outside coils can make a pinging noise. This helps cool the condenser. You can reduce this noise by removing the subbase water plug. Removing this plug will lower the Energy Efficiency of your until. NOTE: Do not drill hole in the base pan. WIFI SETUP Haier SmartHQ (for customers in the United States) Haier SmartHQ Enabled*. If your Air Conditioner (AC) has a Connected Appliance Information label located on the outside as shown below, your AC is Haier Appliances SmartHQ Enabled. A WiFi communication card is built into the product allowing it to communicate with your smart phone for remote monitoring, control and notifications. Please download the Haier Home App . For details go to Haierappliances.com to learn more about connected appliance features, and to learn what connected appliance apps will work with your smart phone. WiFi Connectivity: For assistance with the appliance or the ConnectPlus network connectivity (for models that are WiFi enabled or WiFi optional), please call 1-800-220-6899. SMARTHQ SETUP How it Works Download the SmartHQ App Use the app to connect your room air conditioner to WiFi Once connected, use the app to turn down your air conditioner as you leave work. Getting Started To connect your room air conditioner, you’ll need the SmartHq App. The app will walk you through the connection process. Download the app from iTunes or Google Play. All connected appliace data is held in strict accordance with the Haier Appliances Connected Data Privacy Policy. Visit geappliances.com/privacy/privacy_policy_connected to view this policy. Questions about SmartHQ Get answers you need about setting up WiFi appliances and connecting to your home network in our support articles. Visit products.geappliances.com/appliance/gea-support-search-content to view SmartHQ room air conditioner support articles. REGULATORY INFORMATION FCC/IC Compliance Statement: This device complies with Part 15 of the FCC Rules. Operation is subject to the following two conditions:  This device may not cause harmful interference.  This device must accept any interference received, including interference that may cause undesired operation. This equipment has been tested and found to comply with the limits for a Class B digital device, pursuant to Part 15 of the FCC Rules. These limits are designed to provide reasonable protection against harmful interference in a residential installation. This equipment generates uses and can radiate radio frequency energy and, if not installed and used in accordance with the instructions, may cause harmful interference to radio communications. However, there is no guarantee that interference will not occur in a particular installation. If this equipment does cause harmful interference to radio or television reception, which can be determined by turning the equipment off and on, the user is encouraged to try to correct the interference by one or more of the following measures:  Reorient or relocate the receiving antenna.  Increase the separation between the equipment and receiver.  Connect the equipment into an outlet on a circuit different from that to which the receiver is connected.  Consult the dealer or an experienced radio/television technician for help. Labelling: Changes or modifications to this unit not expressly approved by the manufacturer could void the user’s authority to operate the equipment. Select Models Only This product has Wi-Fi capability and requires Internet connectivity and a wireless router to enable interconnection with an Energy Management System, and/or with other external devices, systems or applications. LIMITED WARRANTY For The Period Of: Will Replace: One Year From the date of the original purchase Replacement, repair, or refund of the original retail price for any product which fails due to a defect in materials or workmanship. If the unit is exchanged, the replacement unit is warranted for the remainder of your product’s original one-year warranty period. GE will, at its sole discretion, replace the product with a product of the same or comparable functionality and quality or refund the original retail price. In Order to Make a Warranty Claim During Your Retailer’s Allowable Return Period:  Locate your original sales receipt and make a note of your model and serial number.  Please visit Haierappliances.com/support/schedule-service to initiate the product replacement process.  You will be asked to provide your name, address, date of purchase, model and serial number.  GE Appliances will arrange for a carton to be sent to your home to recover the product.  Please return all requested materials (postage pre-paid) in the carton provided. Please include a description of the defect.  You should receive your replacement product or refund within 7 to 10 business days after your package is received. What Will Not Cover:  Customer instruction. This owner’s manual provides information regarding operating instructions and user controls.  Improper installation. If you have an installation problem, or if the air conditioner is of improper capacity, contact your dealer or installer. You are responsible for providing adequate electrical connecting facilities.  Failure of the product resulting from modifications to the product or due to unreasonable use including failure to provide reasonable and necessary maintenance.  Replacement of house fuses or resetting of circuit breakers.  Failure due to corrosion on models not corrosion-protected. Damage to the product caused by improper power supply voltage, accident, fire, floods or acts of God.  Incidental or consequential damage caused by possible defects with this air conditioner.  Damage caused after delivery. EXCLUSION OF IMPLIED WARRANTIES – Your sole and exclusive remedy is product repair as provided in this Limited Warranty. Any implied warranties, including the implied warranties of merchantability or fitness for a particular purpose, are limited to one year or the shortest period allowed by law. For US Customers: This limited warranty is extended to the original purchaser and any succeeding owner for products purchased for home use within the USA. If the product is located in an area where service by a GE Appliances Authorized Servicer is not available, you may be responsible for a trip charge or you may be required to bring the product to an Authorized GE Appliances Service location for service. In Alaska, the limited warranty excludes the cost of shipping or service calls to your home. Some states do not allow the exclusion or limitation of incidental or consequential damages. This limited warranty gives you specific legal rights, and you may also have other rights which vary from state to state. To know what your legal rights are, consult your local or state consumer affairs office or your state’s Attorney General. Warrantor US: GE Appliances, a Haier company Louisville, KY 40225 [...]<p><a class="btn btn-secondary understrap-read-more-link" href="https://usemanuals.com/haier/qhng08aa-air-conditioner/">Read More...</a></p>]]></description>
										<content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>&nbsp;</p>
<h4><img decoding="async" src="https://usemanuals.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/03/haier-logo-2.webp" /></h4>
<p><img decoding="async" src="https://usemanuals.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/03/Haier-QHNG08AA-Room-Air-Conditioner-product.webp" /></p>
<h4>SAFETY INFORMATION</h4>
<p><strong>WARNING</strong></p>
<p>For your safety, the information in this manual must be followed to minimize the risk of fire, electric shock or personal injury.</p>
<ul>
<li> Use this appliance only for its intended purpose as described in this Owner’s Manual.</li>
<li> This air conditioner must be properly installed in accordance with the Installation Instructions before it is used.</li>
<li> Never unplug your air conditioner by pulling on the power cord. Always grip plug firmly and pull straight out from the receptacle.</li>
<li> Replace immediately all electric service cords that have become frayed or otherwise damaged. A damaged power supply cord must be replaced with a new power supply cord obtained from the manufacturer and not repaired. Do not use a cord that shows cracks or abrasion damage along its length or at either the plug or connector end.</li>
<li> Turn the unit OFF and unplug your air conditioner before cleaning.</li>
<li> For your safety…do not store or use combustible materials, gasoline or other flammable vapors or liquids in the vicinity of this or any other appliance.</li>
<li> If the receptacle does not match the plug, the receptacle must be changed out by a qualified electrician.</li>
</ul>
<p><strong>Risk of Fire or Explosion.</strong><br />
This unit contains flammable refrigerant. Additional safety precautions must be followed.</p>
<ul>
<li> Do not use means to accelerate the defrosting process or to clean, other than those recommended by the manufacturer.</li>
<li> The appliance shall be stored in a room without continuously operating ignition sources (for example: open flames, an operating gas appliance or an operating electric heater.</li>
<li> Do not pierce or burn refrigerant tubing. Be aware that refrigerants may not contain an odor.</li>
<li> Keep ventilation openings clear of obstruction.</li>
<li> When handling, installing, and operating the appliance, care should be taken to avoid damage to the refrigerant tubing.</li>
<li> Do not drill holes in the unit.</li>
<li> Maintenance, cleaning, and service should only be performed by technicians properly trained and qualified in the use of flammable refrigerants.</li>
<li> GE Appliances does not support any servicing of the air conditioner.</li>
<li> Dispose of air conditioner in accordance with Federal and Local Regulations. Flammable refrigerants require special disposal procedures. Contact your local authorities for the environmentally safe disposal of your air conditioner.</li>
</ul>
<h4>CONTROLS</h4>
<p>Features and appearance will vary.<br />
Lights beside the touch pads on the air conditioner control panel indicate the selected settings.<img decoding="async" src="https://usemanuals.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/03/Haier-QHNG08AA-Room-Air-Conditioner-fig1.webp" /><img decoding="async" src="https://usemanuals.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/03/Haier-QHNG08AA-Room-Air-Conditioner-fig22.webp" /></p>
<p><strong>Power Pad<br />
</strong>Turns air conditioner on and off. When turned on, the display will show the Set temperature.</p>
<p><strong>Display</strong><br />
Shows the Set temperature or time remaining on the Delay timer. Shows the Set temperature while setting the temperature in Cool or Eco modes.</p>
<p><strong> Temp and Delay Increase /Decrease Pads</strong><br />
Use to set temperature or delay time. Temperature can be set in Cool and Eco mode.</p>
<p><strong>Mode Pad</strong><br />
Use to set the air conditioner to Fan Only, Cool, or Eco mode.</p>
<p><strong> Fan Speed Pad</strong><br />
In Cool or Eco mode: Use to set the fan speed to Auto, High, Med or Low on the unit.<br />
In Fan Only mode: Use to set the fan speed to High, Med, or Low on the unit.</p>
<p><strong>Delay Pad (set by remote control only)</strong><br />
Delay ON—When the air conditioner is off, it can be set to automatically come on in 1 to 24 hours at its previous mode and fan settings.<br />
Delay OFF—When the air conditioner is on, it can be set to automatically turn off in 1 to 24 hours.<br />
<strong>How to set:</strong><br />
Press the Delay pad on the remote control. Each touch of the Increase / Decrease pads on the remote control will set the timer in 1-hour intervals.<br />
To review the remaining time on the Delay timer, press the Delay pad on the remote control. Use the Increase / Decrease pads on the remote control to set a new time if desired.<br />
To cancel the timer, press Decrease pad on the remote control until the set time is zero.</p>
<p><strong>Sleep Pad (set by air conditioner controls only)</strong><br />
The SLEEP mode sets the unit to gradually change settings over an 8 hour period to allow for some increased energy efficiency during sleep hours.<br />
The SLEEP mode is available only in COOL and FAN only settings.<br />
Press the SLEEP mode pad and its light will illuminate. The fan indicator will stay at the same setting but the air conditioner will automatically change the FAN speed to low in either COOL or FAN only mode.<br />
In FAN only mode, the fan will stay in the LOW speed setting for 8 hours. After 8 hours, the air conditioner will turn off.<br />
In COOL mode, the fan will stay in the LOW speed setting for 8 hours from the time the SLEEP mode pad was pressed. The air conditioner will also raise the set point 2°F in 30 minutes and 2°F more in another 30 minutes where it will remain for the next 7 hours. After 8 hours, the air conditioner will turn off.<br />
While the unit is in SLEEP mode, pressing any pad will return it to the settings that were in place before the SLEEP mode pad was pressed.</p>
<p><strong> Filter Reset Pad</strong><br />
This feature automatically notifies you that the air filter must be cleaned. The indicator light will come on after 250 hours of operation. Clean the air filter (refer to page 7), place it back in the front panel, and press the Filter Reset pad. The light will go off.</p>
<p><strong>SmartHQ Pad</strong><br />
Enables connection of the air conditioner to the home WiFi. Download the Haier Home App For details go to <a href="http://Haierappliances.com" target="_blank" rel="noopener">Haierappliances.com</a>.</p>
<h4>USING THE AIR CONDITIONER</h4>
<p><strong>Do Not Operate in Freezing Outdoor Conditions</strong></p>
<p>This cool-only air conditioner was not designed for freezing outdoor conditions.<br />
It must not be used when the outdoor temperature is below freezing (32°F).</p>
<p><strong>Control Panel Lights On/Off Feature</strong></p>
<p>This air conditioner has a control panel lights on/off feature where its lights will turn off when there is no activity with the controls for over one minute. To wake up the controls, press any pad on the controls and the lights will come on to show the previous settings.<br />
To turn this feature off, press and hold the SLEEP pad, on the unit, for 5 seconds. The unit will beep to signal the successful toggle of the feature on and off.</p>
<p><strong>Remote Control</strong></p>
<p>• To ensure proper operation, aim the remote control at the signal receiver on the air conditioner.<br />
• The remote control signal has a range of up to 20 feet.<br />
• Make sure nothing is between the air conditioner and the remote control that could block the signal.<br />
• Make sure batteries are fresh and installed correctly as indicated on the remote control.</p>
<p><strong>Cool Mode</strong></p>
<p>Use the Cool mode at Low, Med, High or Speed for cooling. Use the Temperature Increase / Decrease pads to set the desired temperature between 64°F and 86°F in 1°F increments.<br />
An electronic thermostat is used to maintain the room temperature. The compressor will cycle on and off to keep the room at the set level of comfort. Set the thermostat at a lower number and the indoor air will become cooler. Set the thermostat at a higher number and the indoor air will become warmer.<br />
<strong>Cooling Descriptions</strong></p>
<ul>
<li>For Normal Cooling—Select the Cool mode and</li>
<li>High or Med fan with a middle set temperature.</li>
<li>For Maximum Cooling—Select the Cool mode and High fan with a lower set temperature.</li>
<li>For Quieter and Nighttime Cooling—Select the Cool mode and Low fan with a middle set temperature.</li>
</ul>
<p><strong>Eco Mode</strong></p>
<p><strong>Controls the fan.</strong></p>
<p><strong>ON—</strong>The fan will cycle on and off with the compressor. This may result in wider variations of room temperature and humidity. NOTE: the fan may continue to run for a short time or may pulse intermittently after the compressor cycles off to sample the room air.<br />
<strong>OFF—</strong>The fan runs all the time, while the compressor cycles on and off.</p>
<p><strong>Fan Only Mode</strong></p>
<p>Use the Fan Only Mode at Low, Med or High fan speed to provide air circulation and filtering without cooling. Since fan-only settings do not provide cooling, a Set temperature cannot be entered. The room temperature will appear in the display.</p>
<p><strong>Auto Fan Mode</strong></p>
<p>Set to Auto for the fan speed to automatically set to the speed needed to provide optimum comfort settings with the set temperature.<br />
If the room needs more cooling, the fan speed will automatically increase. If the room needs less cooling, the fan speed will automatically decrease.</p>
<h4>USING THE AIR CONDITIONER</h4>
<p><strong>Air Direction</strong></p>
<p><img decoding="async" src="https://usemanuals.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/03/Haier-QHNG08AA-Room-Air-Conditioner-fig2.webp" /></p>
<p>Use the levers to adjust the air direction left or right. Tilt the louver bank to adjust up and down.</p>
<h4>CARE AND CLEANING</h4>
<p><strong>Grille and Case</strong></p>
<p>Turn the air conditioner off and remove the plug from the wall outlet before cleaning.<br />
To clean, use water and a mild detergent. Do not use bleach or abrasives.</p>
<p><strong>Air Filter</strong></p>
<p><img decoding="async" src="https://usemanuals.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/03/Haier-QHNG08AA-Room-Air-Conditioner-fig3.webp" /></p>
<p>The air filter behind the front grille should be checked and cleaned at least every 30 days or more often if necessary.<br />
To remove:<br />
Open the inlet grille by pulling downward on the tabs at the top upper corners of the inlet grille until the grille is in a 45º position. Remove the filter.<br />
Clean the filter with warm, soapy water. Rinse and let the filter dry before replacing it. Do not clean the filter in a dishwasher.</p>
<p><strong>Outdoor Coils<img decoding="async" src="https://usemanuals.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/03/Haier-QHNG08AA-Room-Air-Conditioner-fig4.webp" /></strong></p>
<p>The coils on the outdoor side of the air conditioner should be checked regularly. If they are clogged with dirt or soot, they may be professionally cleaned.</p>
<p><strong>How to Insert the Batteries in the Remote Control</strong></p>
<p>1. Remove the battery cover by sliding it according to the arrow direction.<br />
2. Insert new batteries, making sure that the (+) and (–) of battery are installed correctly.<br />
3. Reattach the cover by sliding it back into position.</p>
<p><strong>NOTES:</strong></p>
<p>• Use 2 “AAA” (1.5 volt) batteries. Do not use rechargeable batteries.<br />
• Remove the batteries from the remote control if the system is not going to be used for a long time.<br />
• Do not mix old and new batteries. Do not mix standard (carbon-zinc) or rechargeable (ni-cad, ni-mh, etc) batteries.</p>
<h4>INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS</h4>
<p><strong>BEFORE YOU BEGIN<br />
</strong></p>
<p>Read these instructions completely and carefully.</p>
<ul>
<li><strong>IMPORTANT –</strong> Save these instructions for local inspector’s use.</li>
<li><strong> IMPORTANT –</strong> Observe all governing codes and ordinances.</li>
<li> Note to Installer – Be sure to leave these instructions with the Consumer.</li>
<li> Note to Consumer – Keep these instructions for future reference.</li>
<li> Skill level – Installation of this appliance requires basic mechanical skills.</li>
<li> Completion time – Approximately 1 hour</li>
<li> We recommend that two people install this product.</li>
<li> Proper installation is the responsibility of the installer.</li>
<li>Product failure due to improper installation is not covered under the Warranty.</li>
<li> You MUST use all supplied parts and use proper installation procedures as described in these instructions when installing this air conditioner.</li>
</ul>
<p><strong>ELECTRICAL REQUIREMENTS</strong></p>
<p>These models require a 115/120-volt AC, 60-Hz grounded outlet protected with a 15-amp time-delay fuse or circuit breaker.<br />
The 3-prong grounding plug minimizes the possibility of electric shock hazard. If the wall outlet you plan to use is only a 2-prong outlet, it is your responsibility to have it replaced with a properly grounded 3-prong wall outlet.</p>
<p><strong>CAUTION</strong></p>
<ul>
<li>Do not, under any circumstances, cut or remove the third (ground) prong from the power cord.</li>
<li>Do not change the plug on the power cord of this air conditioner.</li>
<li>Aluminum house wiring may present special problems—consult a qualified electrician.</li>
</ul>
<h4><strong>TOOLS YOU WILL NEED<img decoding="async" src="https://usemanuals.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/03/Haier-QHNG08AA-Room-Air-Conditioner-fig5.webp" /></strong></h4>
<h4><strong>INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS</strong></h4>
<p><img decoding="async" src="https://usemanuals.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/03/Haier-QHNG08AA-Room-Air-Conditioner-fig6.webp" /></p>
<p><strong> WINDOW REQUIREMENTS</strong></p>
<p><img decoding="async" src="https://usemanuals.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/03/Haier-QHNG08AA-Room-Air-Conditioner-fig7.webp" /></p>
<p>• These instructions are for a standard double-hung window. You will need to modify them for other types of windows.<br />
• The air conditioner can be installed without the side curtain panels if needed to fit in a narrow window. See the window opening dimensions.<br />
• All supporting parts must be secured to firm wood, masonry or metal.<br />
• The electrical outlet must be within reach of the power cord.<br />
• Follow the dimensions in the table and illustration for your model.</p>
<p><strong>STORM WINDOW REQUIREMENTS</strong></p>
<p>A storm window frame will not allow the air conditioner to tilt toward the outside, and will keep it from draining properly. To adjust for this, attach a piece of wood to the sill.</p>
<p><strong>WOOD PIECES</strong></p>
<p><img decoding="async" src="https://usemanuals.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/03/Haier-QHNG08AA-Room-Air-Conditioner-fig8.webp" /></p>
<ol>
<li>WIDTH: 2</li>
<li>LENGTH: Long enough to fit inside the window frame.</li>
<li>THICKNESS: To determine the thickness, place a piece of wood on the sill to make it 1/2″ higher than the top of the storm window frame or the vinyl frame. Attach securely with nails or screws provided by the installer.</li>
</ol>
<p><strong>PREPARE THE AIR CONDITIONER</strong></p>
<ul>
<li> Install the top mounting rail with Type A screws, 4 for AHH10 and 3 for AHH08, from the outside of the case.<br />
<img decoding="async" src="https://usemanuals.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/03/Haier-QHNG08AA-Room-Air-Conditioner-fig9.webp" /></li>
<li> Apply the weather seals provided to the bottom, top and sides of the window to the seal around the perimeter of the air conditioner.|<img decoding="async" src="https://usemanuals.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/03/Haier-QHNG08AA-Room-Air-Conditioner-fig10.webp" /></li>
<li> Slide the side curtain panels into the side panel rails.<br />
<img decoding="async" src="https://usemanuals.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/03/Haier-QHNG08AA-Room-Air-Conditioner-fig11.webp" /></li>
<li> Slide left and right side curtain frames into top and bottom rails. Make sure that side curtains snap into side of the frames.<br />
<img decoding="async" src="https://usemanuals.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/03/Haier-QHNG08AA-Room-Air-Conditioner-fig12.webp" /></li>
</ul>
<p><strong> INSTALL THE AIR CONDITIONER IN THE WINDOW</strong></p>
<p><img decoding="async" src="https://usemanuals.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/03/Haier-QHNG08AA-Room-Air-Conditioner-fig13.webp" /></p>
<ul>
<li> Mark the center of the window. Set the air conditioner in the window so that is it centered. Place the air conditioner so that front edge of the bottom mounting rail is against the back edge of the sill.</li>
<li> Bring the window down so that the front edge of the top mounting is in front of the window. Make sure that the air conditioner is level or tilting slightly to the outside.</li>
<li> Extend the curtain panels until they fill the window. Mark the location of the holes in each corner. Use the drill and 1/8” drill bit to drill pilot holes. Use 4 type B screws to secure the side panels in place.<img decoding="async" src="https://usemanuals.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/03/Haier-QHNG08AA-Room-Air-Conditioner-fig14.webp" /></li>
</ul>
<p><strong> SECURE AIR CONDITIONER</strong></p>
<p><img decoding="async" src="https://usemanuals.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/03/Haier-QHNG08AA-Room-Air-Conditioner-fig15.webp" /></p>
<ol>
<li> Loosen the screw on the right hand side of the air conditioner near the bottom.</li>
<li> Slide a side bracket over the screw so that the bracket is resting on the window sill. Tighten the screw.</li>
<li> Use a 1/8” drill bit to drill a starter hole into the window sill through the holes in the side bracket. Use 4 type B screws to attach the side bracket to the window sill.</li>
<li> Repeat the side bracket installation on the left side.</li>
<li> Measure and cut adhesive foam backed sheet. Apply over side curtain and frame.</li>
</ol>
<p><strong>INSTALL WINDOW LOCK BRACKET AND FOAM TOP WINDOW GASKET</strong><br />
Use Type B Screw to install the window lock bracket on top of the bottom window.</p>
<p><img decoding="async" src="https://usemanuals.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/03/Haier-QHNG08AA-Room-Air-Conditioner-fig16.webp" /><img decoding="async" src="https://usemanuals.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/03/Haier-QHNG08AA-Room-Air-Conditioner-fig17.webp" /></p>
<p><strong>CAUTION</strong></p>
<ul>
<li>To prevent broken glass or damage to windows, on vinyl or other similarly constructed windows, attach the window locking bracket to the window side jamb with one Type B screw.</li>
<li> Cut the foam top window<br />
gasket to the window width.</li>
<li> Stuff the foam between the glass and the window to prevent air and insects from getting into the room.<br />
<strong>NOTE:</strong> If the gasket supplied does not fit your window, obtain appropriate material locally to provide a proper installation seal.</li>
</ul>
<h4>TROUBLESHOOTING</h4>
<p>Save time and money! Review the charts on the following pages first and you may not need to call for service.</p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td width="169"><strong>Problem</strong></td>
<td width="214"><strong>Possible Cause</strong></td>
<td width="336"><strong>What To Do</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td rowspan="4" width="169"><strong>Air conditioner does not </strong><strong>start.</strong></td>
<td width="214"><strong>The unit is unplugged.</strong></td>
<td width="336">Make sure the air conditioner plug is pushed completely into the outlet.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="214"><strong>The fuse is blown/circuit breaker is </strong><strong>tripped.</strong></td>
<td width="336">Check the house fuse/circuit breaker box and replace the fuse or reset the breaker.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="214"><strong>Power Failure.</strong></td>
<td width="336">The unit will automatically restart in the setting last used after the power is restored.</p>
<p>There is a protective time delay (approximately 3 minutes) to prevent tripping of the compressor overload. For this reason, the unit may not start normal cooling for 3 minutes after it is</p>
<p>turned back on.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="214"><strong>The current interrupter device is </strong><strong>tripped.</strong></td>
<td width="336">Press RESET button located on the power cord plug.</p>
<p>If the RESET button will not stay engaged, discontinue use of the air conditioner and contact a qualified service technician.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td rowspan="6" width="169"><strong>Air conditioner does not cool </strong><strong>as it should.</strong></td>
<td width="214"><strong>Indoor airflow is restricted.</strong></td>
<td width="336">Make sure there are not curtains, blinds or furniture blocking the front of the air conditioner.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="214"><strong>The temp control may not be set properly.</strong></td>
<td width="336">Turn the temperature control to a higher number.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="214"><strong>The air filter is dirty.</strong></td>
<td width="336">Clean the filter at least every 30 days. See <strong>Care and Cleaning</strong></p>
<p>section.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="214"><strong>The room may have been hot.</strong></td>
<td width="336">When the air conditioner is first turned on, you need to allow time for the room to cool down.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="214"><strong>Cold air is escaping.</strong></td>
<td width="336">Check for open furnace registers and cold air returns.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="214"><strong>Cooling coils have iced up.</strong></td>
<td width="336">See “Air conditioner freezing up” below.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="169"><strong>Air conditioner freezing up</strong></td>
<td width="214"><strong>Ice blocks the air flow and stops the air conditioner from cooling the room.</strong></td>
<td width="336">Set the mode control to High Fan or High Cool with the temperature setting as high as it can be set.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="169"><strong>Water drips outside</strong></td>
<td width="214"><strong>Hot, humid weather.</strong></td>
<td width="336">This is normal.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="169"><strong>Water drips inside</strong></td>
<td width="214"><strong>The air conditioner is not tilted to the outside.</strong></td>
<td width="336">For proper disposal, make sure the air conditioner slants slightly from the case front to the rear.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="169"><strong>Water collects in base pan</strong></td>
<td width="214"><strong>Moisture removed from air and drain </strong><strong>into base pan.</strong></td>
<td width="336">This is normal for a short period in areas with little humidity; normal for a longer period in very humid areas.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<h4>NORMAL OPERATING SOUNDS</h4>
<p><img decoding="async" src="https://usemanuals.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/03/Haier-QHNG08AA-Room-Air-Conditioner-fig18.webp" /></p>
<ul>
<li> You may hear a pinging noise caused by water being picked up and thrown against the condenser on rainy days or when the humidity is high. This design feature helps remove moisture and improve efficiency.</li>
<li> You may hear the thermostat click when the compressor cycles on and off.</li>
<li>Water will collect in the base pan during high humidity or on rainy days. The water may overflow and drip from the outdoor side of the unit.</li>
<li>The fan may run even when the compressor does not.</li>
<li>Water droplets being thrown against the outside coils can make a pinging noise. This helps cool the condenser. You can reduce this noise by removing the subbase water plug.</li>
</ul>
<p>Removing this plug will lower the Energy Efficiency of your until. NOTE: Do not drill hole in the base pan.</p>
<h4>WIFI SETUP</h4>
<p><strong>Haier SmartHQ (for customers in the United States)<img decoding="async" src="https://usemanuals.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/03/Haier-QHNG08AA-Room-Air-Conditioner-fig19.webp" /></strong></p>
<p>Haier SmartHQ Enabled*. If your Air Conditioner (AC) has a Connected Appliance Information label located on the outside as shown below, your AC is Haier Appliances SmartHQ Enabled. A WiFi communication card is built into the product allowing it to communicate with your smart phone for remote monitoring, control and notifications.</p>
<p>Please download the Haier Home App . For details go to Haierappliances.com to learn more about connected appliance features, and to learn what connected appliance apps will work with your smart phone.</p>
<p>WiFi Connectivity: For assistance with the appliance or the ConnectPlus network connectivity (for models that are WiFi enabled or WiFi optional), please call 1-800-220-6899.</p>
<h4>SMARTHQ SETUP</h4>
<p><strong>How it Works</strong></p>
<p><img decoding="async" src="https://usemanuals.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/03/Haier-QHNG08AA-Room-Air-Conditioner-fig20.webp" /></p>
<ul>
<li>Download the SmartHQ App</li>
<li>Use the app to connect your room air conditioner to WiFi</li>
<li>Once connected, use the app to turn down your air conditioner as you leave work.</li>
</ul>
<p><strong>Getting Started</strong></p>
<p><img decoding="async" src="https://usemanuals.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/03/Haier-QHNG08AA-Room-Air-Conditioner-fig21.webp" /><br />
To connect your room air conditioner, you’ll need the SmartHq App. The app will walk you through the connection process. Download the app from iTunes or Google Play.</p>
<p>All connected appliace data is held in strict accordance with the Haier Appliances Connected Data Privacy Policy. Visit <a href="http://geappliances.com/privacy/privacy_policy_" target="_blank" rel="noopener">geappliances.com/privacy/privacy_policy_</a>connected to view this policy.</p>
<p><strong>Questions about SmartHQ</strong></p>
<p>Get answers you need about setting up WiFi appliances and connecting to your home network in our support articles.<br />
Visit products.geappliances.com/appliance/gea-support-search-content to view SmartHQ room air conditioner support articles.</p>
<p><strong>REGULATORY INFORMATION</strong></p>
<p><strong>FCC/IC Compliance Statement:</strong><br />
This device complies with Part 15 of the FCC Rules. Operation is subject to the following two conditions:</p>
<ol>
<li> This device may not cause harmful interference.</li>
<li> This device must accept any interference received, including interference that may cause undesired operation.</li>
</ol>
<p>This equipment has been tested and found to comply with the limits for a Class B digital device, pursuant to Part 15 of the FCC Rules. These limits are designed to provide reasonable protection against harmful interference in a residential installation. This equipment generates uses and can radiate radio frequency energy and, if not installed and used in accordance with the instructions, may cause harmful interference to radio communications. However, there is no guarantee that interference will not occur in a particular installation. If this equipment does cause harmful interference to radio or television reception, which can be determined by turning the equipment off and on, the user is encouraged to try to correct the interference by one or more of the following measures:</p>
<ul>
<li> Reorient or relocate the receiving antenna.</li>
<li> Increase the separation between the equipment and receiver.</li>
<li> Connect the equipment into an outlet on a circuit different from that to which the receiver is connected.</li>
<li> Consult the dealer or an experienced radio/television technician for help.</li>
</ul>
<p><strong>Labelling:</strong> Changes or modifications to this unit not expressly approved by the manufacturer could void the user’s authority to operate the equipment.<br />
Select Models Only<br />
This product has Wi-Fi capability and requires Internet connectivity and a wireless router to enable interconnection with an Energy Management System, and/or with other external devices, systems or applications.</p>
<h4>LIMITED WARRANTY</h4>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td width="153"><strong>For The Period Of:</strong></td>
<td width="542"><strong>Will Replace:</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="153">One Year</p>
<p>From the date of the original purchase</td>
<td width="542"><strong>Replacement, repair, or refund </strong>of the original retail price for any product which fails due to a defect in materials or workmanship. If the unit is exchanged, the replacement unit</p>
<p>is warranted for the remainder of your product’s original one-year warranty period. GE will, at its sole discretion, replace the product with a product of the same or comparable functionality and quality or refund the original retail price.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p><strong>In Order to Make a Warranty Claim During Your Retailer’s Allowable Return Period:</strong></p>
<ul>
<li> Locate your original sales receipt and make a note of your model and serial number.</li>
<li> Please visit Haierappliances.com/support/schedule-service to initiate the product replacement process.</li>
<li> You will be asked to provide your name, address, date of purchase, model and serial number.</li>
<li> GE Appliances will arrange for a carton to be sent to your home to recover the product.</li>
<li> Please return all requested materials (postage pre-paid) in the carton provided. Please include a description of the defect.</li>
<li> You should receive your replacement product or refund within 7 to 10 business days after your package is received.</li>
</ul>
<p><strong>What Will Not Cover:</strong></p>
<ul>
<li> Customer instruction. This owner’s manual provides information regarding operating instructions and user controls.</li>
<li> Improper installation. If you have an installation problem, or if the air conditioner is of improper capacity, contact your dealer or installer. You are responsible for providing adequate electrical connecting facilities.</li>
<li> Failure of the product resulting from modifications to the product or due to unreasonable use including failure to provide reasonable and necessary maintenance.</li>
<li> Replacement of house fuses or resetting of circuit breakers.</li>
<li> Failure due to corrosion on models not corrosion-protected.</li>
<li>Damage to the product caused by improper power supply voltage, accident, fire, floods or acts of God.</li>
<li> Incidental or consequential damage caused by possible defects with this air conditioner.</li>
<li> Damage caused after delivery.</li>
</ul>
<p><strong>EXCLUSION OF IMPLIED WARRANTIES</strong> – Your sole and exclusive remedy is product repair as provided in this Limited Warranty. Any implied warranties, including the implied warranties of merchantability or fitness for a particular purpose, are limited to one year or the shortest period allowed by law.<br />
For US Customers: This limited warranty is extended to the original purchaser and any succeeding owner for products purchased for home use within the USA. If the product is located in an area where service by a GE Appliances Authorized Servicer is not available, you may be responsible for a trip charge or you may be required to bring the product to an Authorized GE Appliances Service location for service. In Alaska, the limited warranty excludes the cost of shipping or service calls to your home.<br />
Some states do not allow the exclusion or limitation of incidental or consequential damages. This limited warranty gives you specific legal rights, and you may also have other rights which vary from state to state. To know what your legal rights are, consult your local or state consumer affairs office or your state’s Attorney General.<br />
Warrantor US:<br />
GE Appliances, a Haier company<br />
Louisville, KY 40225</p>
<nav class="navigation post-navigation" aria-label="Posts">
<h2 class="screen-reader-text"></h2>
<p><a href="https://manuals.plus/haier/hadd9ss6b-cooker-hood-manual" rel="prev noopener" target="_blank"><br />
</a> <a href="https://manuals.plus/haier/qpca10-qpca11-portable-air-conditioner-manual" rel="next noopener" target="_blank"><br />
</a></p>
</nav>
]]></content:encoded>
					
		
		
			</item>
		<item>
		<title>Haier AS09FBBHRA Split Type Room Air Conditioner Manual</title>
		<link>https://usemanuals.com/haier/as09fbbhra-conditioner/</link>
		
		<dc:creator><![CDATA[ItsManual]]></dc:creator>
		<pubDate>Sat, 24 Jun 2023 12:15:31 +0000</pubDate>
				<category><![CDATA[Haier]]></category>
		<guid isPermaLink="false">https://usemanuals.com/?p=118857</guid>

					<description><![CDATA[&#160; Haier AS09FBBHRA Split Type Room Air Conditioner Parts and Functions Indoor Unit Actual inlet grille may vary from the one shown in the manual according to the product purchased Display board Signal receiver hole Ambient temp.display When receiving the remote control signal, display the set temperature. Operation mode indicator WIFI display Outdoor Unit OUTLET INLET CONNECTING PIPING AND ELECTRICAL WIRING DRAIN HOSE Remote controller Outer side of the controller ECO SENSOR button DRY button Used to set DRY operation. COOL button Used to set COOL operation. TEMP button used to change setting temperature ON / OFF button Display of each function status Operation mode display TEMP display FAN SPEED display SWING display swing up/down display swing left/right display TIMER ON display TIMER OFF display CLOCK display FAN button QUIET button HEAT button SELF CLEAN button NOTE: a. Humidity display is unavailable on some models b. If the model you buy has a WIFI function, press the“ON/OFF” button for 5s to emit the WIFI binding signal. Once in the binding mode, the APP will show how to bind. Operation  TIMER button CLOCK button 10 ºC button special heating set function: 10 degree heating maintaining (valuable for RS) HEALTH button SMART button Used to set SMART operation. (This function is unavailable on some models.) SWING up/down button SWING left/right button SLEEP button HEALTH AIRFLOW button LIGHT button Control the lightening and extinguishing of the indoor LED display board. CODE button A- B yard APPLY button TURBO button Note: Press “HEALTH”+“HEALTH AIRFLOW” simultaneously can set and cancel the “LOCK” function ( ). WiFi Setup If your Air Conditioner (AC) has a Connected Appliance Information label located under the front cover as shown below, your AC is WiFi Connect Enabled. A WiFi communication card is built into the product allowing it to communicate with your smart phone for remote monitoring, control and notifications. Please visit www.haier.com.au/smart or www.haier.co.nz/smart to learn more about connected appliance features, and to learn what connected appliance apps will work with your smart phone. Clock set Note: The distance between the signal transmission head and the receiver hole should be within 7m without any obstacle change-over wireless telephone is installed in the type in receiving the signals, so the distance to the indoor unit should be shorter. Full display or unclear display during operation indicates the batteries have been used up. Please change batteries. If the remote controller can’t run normally during operation, please remove the batteries and reload several minutes later Hint: Remove the batteries in case unit won’t be in usage for a long period. Dred operation (This function is unavailable on some models.) Haier Peaksmart enabled air-conditioners have a Demand Response Mode display on the indoor unit. The display could be labelled d1, d2, d3 (wording may differ model to model). These modes are described in more detail below: Mode Display Description What to do DRM3 ● d3 Your air-conditioner will continue to cool or heat during the peak demand event. The energy consumed by your air-conditioner is capped to 75%. No action is required. DRM2 d2 Your air-conditioner will continue to cool or heat during the peak demand event. The energy consumed by your air-conditioner is capped to 50%. No action is required. DRM1 d1 Your air-conditioner is still turned on and the fan will continue to operate. Your compressor is turned off and cool/hot air will no longer be generated DRM1 mode is only activated during emergency demand management situations. This mode will automatically reset the device within 2 hours .If your air-con is in this mode for longer than 2 hours please contact Energex on 13 12 53. Operation QUIET OPERATION You can use this function when silence is needed for rest or reading. For each press, is displayed Air conditioner starts QUIET function operation. In QUIET operation mode, fan speed automatically takes low speed of AUTO fan mode. Press QUIET button again,  disappears, the operation stops. Cool Heat and dry Operation In DRY mode, when room temperature becomes lower than temp. setting +2 ºC, unit will run intermittently in LOW speed regardless of FAN setting. Remote controller can memorize each operation status. When starting it next time, just press ON/ ●OFF button and unit will run in previous status. NOTE: A human sensor is used to detect changes in the infrared radiationemitted by human bodies. In case of the following conditions, the detection may not be accurate: The speed of human movement exceeds the sensitivity of the sensor objects due to the wind. Moving targets go beyond the detection range of the sensor. Besides, if a person is at the border of two or three air blowing areas, the automatically. ECO SENSOR Operation Human Sensing Function “Follow” function: It can detect where a person is and adjust the swing flap accordingly and send air to the location of this person. If it detects people in two locations, the swing flap will blow alternatively between these two locations and stay at each location for 15s. If the appliance detects people in t or more locations, the left and right swing flaps will swing automatically. “Avoid” function: When the appliance detects a person in a location, it will adjust the swing flap to avoid such a location. If it detects people in three or more locations, the left and right swing flaps will swing automatically. Note: When there are people in several locations or a person frequently moves between several locations,if this person is in the in-between location or the crossing location, whether the appliance is in a “Follow” mode or an“Avoid” mode, theswing flap will swing automatically to send air to these locations. Whether the setting is “Follow” or “Avoid”, it takes some time to adjust theair direction after the appliance identifies the location of the people and the air direction will not change immediately. If the actual airflow cannot reach (or avoid) the location where a person is due to such factors as fan speed setting, temperature setting, ambient temperature difference and layout of the room, pressing the left and right swing flaps can adjustthe air direction and set the airflow direction by hand. Set the health airflow when the human sensing (including follow/avoid) function is enabled and exit from the human sensing (including follow/avoid) function. Press the upper and lower swing flaps when the human sensing (including follow/avoid) function is enabled, there is no upper and lower full swing status. When the appliance is in the upper and lower full swing status, set the human sensing function (including follow/avoid), the upper and lower swing flaps are in their standard positions of relevant mode. When the human sensing function is enabled, if the appliance cannot detects people for a long time (at least 20 minutes), it will automatically enter the power saving mode. In the power saving mode, the operating frequency will lower down and the fan speed is low. Once a person is detected, the appliance will exit from the power saving mode. HEALTH AIRFLOW Operation Press the button of airflow again, both the inlet and outlet grills of the air conditioner are opened, and the unit goes on working under the condition before the grille will close automatically. Notice: Cannot pull direct the outlet grille by hand. Otherwise, the grille will run incorrectly. If the grille is not run correctly, stop for a minute and then start, adjusting by remote controller. Remote controller can memorize each operation status. when starting it next time, just press ON/OFF button and unit will run in previous status. Note: In heating, it is better to select the mode. In cooling, it is better to select the mode. In cooling and dry, using the air conditioner for a long time under the high air humidity, a phe●nomenon falling drips of water occurs at the outlet grille. Select the appropriate fan direction according to the actual conditions. SWING Operation When humidity is high, condensate water might occur at air outlet if all vertical louvers are adjusted to left or right. position for a long time in COOL or DRY mode, otherwise, condensate water might occur. TIMER Operation Set Clock correctly before starting Timer operation. You can let unit start or stop automatically a following times: Before you wake up in the morning, or get back from outside or after you fall asleep at night. To cancel TIMER mode Just press APPLY button the TIMER dispiay disappear. Comfortable SLEEP Before going to bed, you can simply press the SLEEP button and unit will operate in SLEEP mode and bring you a sound sleep. In HEAT mode 1 hour after SLEEP mode starts, temp will become 2 ºC lower than temp. setting. After another 1 hour, temp decrease by 2 ºC further. After more another 3 hours, temp rises by 1 ºC further. The unit will run for further 3 hours then stops. Temp. is lower than temp. setting so that room temperature won’t be too high for your sleep. In SMART mode The unit operates in corresponding sleep mode, which adapted to the automatically selected operation mode. When comfortable sleeping function is set to 8 hours the comfortable sleeping time can not be adjusted. When TIMER ON function is set, the comfortable sleeping function can’t be set up. After the sleeping function is set up, if user resets TIMER ON function, the sleeping function will be cancelled; the machine will be in the state of timing- o , if the two modes are set up at the same time, either automatically, and the other mode will be cancelled. Power Failure Resume Function If the unit is started from the first time, the compressoer will not start running unless 3 minutes have elapsed. When the power resumes after power failure, the unit will run automatically, and 3 minutes later the compressor starts running. Note to the power failure resume: Press the sleep button ten times in  five seconds and enter function after hearing four sounds. And press the this function after hearing two sounds. SMART Operation Under the cooling, heating and dehumidifying mode, press the smart key to enter the smart function. Under the smart running mode, when the air conditioning is running, it will automatically select cooling, heating mode as When the smart function is running, press the “cooling” “heating” key to switch to the other  mode, you will exit from the smart function. Self Clean Operation Functional description: the purpose of this function is to clean the evaporator. Entry and exit Press self clean button to enter this function, then it will display “CL” on the panel of the indoor unit and also on the remote controller. After running 20-30 minutes, this function will exit automatically when the ” Pi ” sound is heard twice, then the unit returns to original state. Under operation process of self clean, pressing the button repeatedly has no effect and the function will not exit, but pressing the power off button and other mode button can make it exit. Note: It has no effect under the mode of timer/sleep. After this mode starts, the air volume may reduce or it may even have no airflow. It is normal if the unit makes some noise like expanding with heat and contracting with coldness. The “CL” display time may last differently on the remote controller and panel. It is normal if the temperature is below 0 outside, the unit may display “F25″under this mode running. Please turn off the unit for 10 seconds then restart. The best condition to run this mode: the temperature is 15 ~27 and the humidity is 35 ~60 in the door, the temperature is 30 ~40 cooling season and below 10 heating season out the door. It is hard to frost if the air is too dry(humidity 20%). and if the humidity is too high(humidity 70%), the condensate water may increase, which may move away some frost. The power saving function only works under the cooling, heating or dehumidifying mode, after the power saving function is set, press the sharp, mute, sleep, or smart key to exit the power saving function. After the power saving is set, the host machine will automatically adjust the setting temperature, and automatically control the switch of the compressor, which may be inconsistent with the user’s setting. The power saving function is more effective after the air conditioning has been running for a long time (more than 2 hours) HEALTH Operation When indoor fan motor is running, it has healthy process function. (It’s available under any mode) When the fan in the indoor unit does not work, the health lamp lights up, but the anion generator does not release anion. ON/OFF operation and test operation ON/OFF Operation: Use this operation only when the remote controller is defective or lost, and with function of emergency running, air conditioner can run automatically for a while. When the emergency operation switch is pressed, the “Pi” sound is heard once, which means the start of this operation emergency operation starts, the unit will run automatically in the following modes: It is impossible to change the settings of temp. and fan speed, It is also not possible to operate in timer or dry mode. Test operation: Test operation switch is the same as emergency switch. Use this switch in the test operation when the room temperature is below 16 ºC, do not use it in the normal operation. Continue to press the test operation switch for more than 5 seconds. After you hear the “Pi” sound twice Loading of the battery Maintenance For Smart Use of the Air Conditioner Cautions: Trouble Shooting [...]<p><a class="btn btn-secondary understrap-read-more-link" href="https://usemanuals.com/haier/as09fbbhra-conditioner/">Read More...</a></p>]]></description>
										<content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>&nbsp;</p>
<h4>Haier AS09FBBHRA Split Type Room Air Conditioner</h4>
<p><img decoding="async" src="https://usemanuals.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/Haier-Split-Type-Room-Air-Conditioner.webp" /></p>
<h4>Parts and Functions</h4>
<p><strong>Indoor Unit<img decoding="async" src="https://usemanuals.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/Haier-Split-Type-Room-Air-Conditioner-1.webp" /></strong></p>
<p>Actual inlet grille may vary from the one shown in the manual according to the product purchased</p>
<p><strong>Display board</strong></p>
<ol>
<li>Signal receiver hole</li>
<li>Ambient temp.display When receiving the remote control signal, display the set temperature.</li>
<li>Operation mode indicator</li>
<li>WIFI display</li>
</ol>
<p><strong>Outdoor Unit</strong><img decoding="async" src="https://usemanuals.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/Haier-Split-Type-Room-Air-Conditioner-4.webp" /></p>
<ol>
<li>OUTLET</li>
<li>INLET</li>
<li>CONNECTING PIPING AND ELECTRICAL WIRING</li>
<li>DRAIN HOSE</li>
</ol>
<p><strong>Remote controller</strong></p>
<p><strong>Outer side of the controller<img decoding="async" src="https://usemanuals.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/Haier-Split-Type-Room-Air-Conditioner-2.webp" /></strong></p>
<ol>
<li>ECO SENSOR button</li>
<li>DRY button Used to set DRY operation.</li>
<li>COOL button Used to set COOL operation.</li>
<li>TEMP button used to change setting temperature</li>
<li>ON / OFF button</li>
<li>Display of each function status</li>
<li>Operation mode display</li>
<li>TEMP display</li>
<li>FAN SPEED display</li>
<li>SWING display swing up/down display swing left/right display</li>
<li>TIMER ON display TIMER OFF display CLOCK display</li>
<li>FAN button</li>
<li>QUIET button</li>
<li>HEAT button</li>
<li>SELF CLEAN button<br />
<strong>NOTE:</strong></li>
<li>a. Humidity display is unavailable on some models</li>
<li>b. If the model you buy has a WIFI function, press the“ON/OFF” button for 5s to emit the WIFI binding signal. Once in the binding mode, the APP will show how to bind.<br />
<strong>Operation</strong></li>
<li> TIMER button</li>
<li>CLOCK button</li>
<li>10 ºC button special heating set function: 10 degree heating maintaining (valuable for RS)</li>
<li>HEALTH button</li>
<li>SMART button Used to set SMART operation. (This function is unavailable on some models.)</li>
<li>SWING up/down button</li>
<li>SWING left/right button</li>
<li>SLEEP button</li>
<li>HEALTH AIRFLOW button</li>
<li>LIGHT button Control the lightening and extinguishing of the indoor LED display board.</li>
<li>CODE button<br />
A- B yard</li>
<li>APPLY button</li>
<li>TURBO button</li>
</ol>
<p><strong>Note: </strong>Press “HEALTH”+“HEALTH AIRFLOW” simultaneously can set and cancel the “LOCK” function ( ).</p>
<p><strong>WiFi Setup</strong></p>
<p>If your Air Conditioner (AC) has a Connected Appliance Information label located under the front cover as shown below, your AC is WiFi Connect Enabled. A WiFi communication card is built into the product allowing it to communicate with your smart phone for remote monitoring, control and notifications.<br />
Please visit <a href="http://www.haier.com.au/smart" target="_blank" rel="noopener">www.haier.com.au/smart</a> or <a href="http://www.haier.co.nz/smart" target="_blank" rel="noopener">www.haier.co.nz/smart</a> to learn more about connected appliance features, and to learn what connected appliance apps will work with your smart phone. <img decoding="async" src="https://usemanuals.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/Haier-Split-Type-Room-Air-Conditioner-7.webp" /></p>
<p><strong>Clock set<img decoding="async" src="https://usemanuals.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/Haier-Split-Type-Room-Air-Conditioner-6.webp" /></strong></p>
<p><strong>Note:</strong><br />
The distance between the signal transmission head and the receiver hole should be within 7m without any obstacle change-over wireless telephone is installed in the type<br />
in receiving the signals, so the distance to the indoor unit should be shorter. Full display or unclear display during operation indicates the batteries have been used up. Please change batteries. If the remote controller can’t run normally during operation, please remove the batteries and reload several minutes later<br />
<strong>Hint:</strong> Remove the batteries in case unit won’t be in usage for a long period.</p>
<p><strong>Dred operation</strong></p>
<p>(This function is unavailable on some models.) Haier Peaksmart enabled air-conditioners have a Demand Response Mode display on the indoor unit. The display could be labelled d1, d2, d3 (wording may differ model to model). These modes are described in more detail below:</p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td width="29">Mode</td>
<td width="33">Display</td>
<td width="127">Description</td>
<td width="164">What to do</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="29">DRM3</p>
<p>●</td>
<td width="33">d3</td>
<td width="127">Your air-conditioner will continue to cool or heat during the peak demand event. The energy consumed by your air-conditioner</p>
<p>is capped to 75%.</td>
<td width="164">No action is required.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="29">DRM2</td>
<td width="33">d2</td>
<td width="127">Your air-conditioner will continue to cool or heat during the peak demand event. The energy consumed by your air-conditioner</p>
<p>is capped to 50%.</td>
<td width="164">No action is required.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="29">DRM1</td>
<td width="33">d1</td>
<td width="127">Your air-conditioner is still turned on and the fan will continue to operate. Your compressor is turned off and cool/hot air will no longer be generated</td>
<td width="164">DRM1 mode is only activated during emergency demand management</p>
<p>situations. This mode will automatically reset the device within 2 hours .If your air-con is in this mode for longer than 2 hours please</p>
<p>contact Energex on 13 12 53.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<h4>Operation</h4>
<h5>QUIET OPERATION</h5>
<p>You can use this function when silence is needed for rest or reading.<br />
For each press, <img decoding="async" src="https://usemanuals.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/Haier-Split-Type-Room-Air-Conditioner-9.webp" /> is displayed Air conditioner starts QUIET function operation. In QUIET operation mode, fan speed automatically takes low speed of AUTO fan mode. Press QUIET button again, <img decoding="async" src="https://usemanuals.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/Haier-Split-Type-Room-Air-Conditioner-9.webp" /> disappears, the operation stops.</p>
<p><strong>Cool Heat and dry Operation</strong> <img decoding="async" src="https://usemanuals.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/Haier-Split-Type-Room-Air-Conditioner-10.webp" /></p>
<ol>
<li>In DRY mode, when room temperature becomes lower than temp. setting +2 ºC, unit will run intermittently in LOW speed regardless of FAN setting.</li>
<li>Remote controller can memorize each operation status. When starting it next time, just press ON/ ●OFF button and unit will run in previous status.</li>
</ol>
<p><img decoding="async" src="https://usemanuals.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/Haier-Split-Type-Room-Air-Conditioner-11.webp" /><img decoding="async" src="https://usemanuals.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/Haier-Split-Type-Room-Air-Conditioner-12.webp" /></p>
<p><strong>NOTE:</strong></p>
<p>A human sensor is used to detect changes in the infrared radiationemitted by human bodies. In case of the following conditions, the detection may not be accurate:</p>
<ul>
<li>The speed of human movement exceeds the sensitivity of the sensor objects due to the wind.</li>
<li>Moving targets go beyond the detection range of the sensor.</li>
<li>Besides, if a person is at the border of two or three air blowing areas, the automatically.</li>
</ul>
<p><strong>ECO SENSOR Operation</strong></p>
<p>Human Sensing Function</p>
<ol>
<li>“Follow” function: It can detect where a person is and adjust the swing flap accordingly and send air to the location of this person. If it detects people in two locations, the swing flap will blow alternatively between these two locations and stay at each location for 15s. If the appliance detects people in t or more locations, the left and right swing flaps will swing automatically. “Avoid” function: When the appliance detects a person in a location, it will adjust the swing flap to avoid such a location. If it detects people in three or more locations, the left and right swing flaps will swing automatically.<br />
Note:</p>
<ol>
<li>When there are people in several locations or a person frequently moves between several locations,if this person is in the in-between location or the crossing location, whether the appliance is in a “Follow” mode or an“Avoid” mode, theswing flap will swing automatically to send air to these locations.</li>
<li>Whether the setting is “Follow” or “Avoid”, it takes some time to adjust theair direction after the appliance identifies the location of the people and the air direction will not change immediately.</li>
<li>If the actual airflow cannot reach (or avoid) the location where a person is due to such factors as fan speed setting, temperature setting, ambient temperature difference and layout of the room, pressing the left and right swing flaps can adjustthe air direction and set the airflow direction by hand.</li>
<li>Set the health airflow when the human sensing<br />
(including follow/avoid) function is enabled and exit from the human sensing (including follow/avoid) function.</li>
<li>Press the upper and lower swing flaps when the human sensing (including follow/avoid) function is enabled, there is no upper and lower full swing status.</li>
<li>When the appliance is in the upper and lower full swing status, set the human sensing function (including<br />
follow/avoid), the upper and lower swing flaps are in their standard positions of relevant mode.</li>
</ol>
</li>
<li>When the human sensing function is enabled, if the appliance cannot detects people for a long time (at least 20 minutes), it will automatically enter the power saving mode. In the power saving mode, the operating frequency will lower down and the fan speed is low. Once a person is detected, the appliance will exit from the power saving mode.</li>
</ol>
<p><strong>HEALTH AIRFLOW Operation</strong><img decoding="async" src="https://usemanuals.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/Haier-Split-Type-Room-Air-Conditioner-13.webp" /></p>
<p>Press the button of airflow again, both the inlet and outlet grills of the air conditioner are opened, and the unit goes on working under the condition before the grille will close automatically.<br />
<strong>Notice:</strong><br />
Cannot pull direct the outlet grille by hand. Otherwise, the grille will run incorrectly. If the grille is not run correctly, stop for a minute and then start, adjusting by remote controller. Remote controller can memorize each operation status. when starting it next time, just press ON/OFF button and unit will run in previous status.</p>
<p><strong>Note:</strong></p>
<ol>
<li>In heating, it is better to select the mode.</li>
<li>In cooling, it is better to select the mode.</li>
<li>In cooling and dry, using the air conditioner for a long time under the high air humidity, a phe●nomenon falling drips of water occurs at the outlet grille.</li>
<li>Select the appropriate fan direction according to the actual conditions.</li>
</ol>
<p><strong>SWING Operation</strong><img decoding="async" src="https://usemanuals.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/Haier-Split-Type-Room-Air-Conditioner-14.webp" /></p>
<ul>
<li>When humidity is high, condensate water might occur at air outlet if all vertical louvers are adjusted to left or right. position for a long time in COOL or DRY mode, otherwise, condensate water might occur.</li>
</ul>
<p><strong>TIMER Operation</strong></p>
<p>Set Clock correctly before starting Timer operation. You can let unit start or stop automatically a following times: Before you wake up in the morning, or get back from outside or after you fall asleep at night.<img decoding="async" src="https://usemanuals.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/Haier-Split-Type-Room-Air-Conditioner-15.webp" /></p>
<p>To cancel TIMER mode Just press APPLY button the TIMER dispiay disappear.</p>
<p><strong>Comfortable SLEEP</strong></p>
<p>Before going to bed, you can simply press the SLEEP button and unit will operate in SLEEP mode and bring you a sound sleep.<img decoding="async" src="https://usemanuals.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/Haier-Split-Type-Room-Air-Conditioner-16.webp" /></p>
<p>In HEAT mode<br />
1 hour after SLEEP mode starts, temp will become 2 ºC lower than temp. setting. After another 1 hour, temp decrease by 2 ºC further. After more another 3 hours, temp rises by 1 ºC further. The unit will run for further 3 hours then stops. Temp. is lower than temp. setting so that room temperature won’t be too high for your sleep.<img decoding="async" src="https://usemanuals.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/Haier-Split-Type-Room-Air-Conditioner-17.webp" /></p>
<p><strong>In SMART mode</strong><br />
The unit operates in corresponding sleep mode, which adapted to the automatically selected operation mode.</p>
<p>When comfortable sleeping function is set to 8 hours the comfortable sleeping time can not be adjusted. When TIMER ON function is set, the comfortable sleeping function can’t be set up. After the sleeping function is set up, if user resets TIMER ON function, the sleeping function will be cancelled; the machine will be in the state of timing-<br />
o , if the two modes are set up at the same time, either<br />
automatically, and the other mode will be cancelled.</p>
<p><strong>Power Failure Resume Function</strong><br />
If the unit is started from the first time, the compressoer will not start running unless 3 minutes have elapsed. When the power resumes after power failure, the unit will run automatically, and 3 minutes later the compressor starts running.</p>
<p><strong>Note to the power failure resume:<br />
</strong>Press the sleep button ten times in  five seconds and enter function after hearing four sounds. And press the this function after hearing two sounds.</p>
<p><strong>SMART Operation</strong></p>
<p><img decoding="async" src="https://usemanuals.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/Haier-Split-Type-Room-Air-Conditioner-18.webp" /></p>
<p>Under the cooling, heating and dehumidifying mode, press the smart key to enter the smart function. Under the smart running mode, when the air conditioning is running, it will automatically select cooling, heating mode as When the smart function is running, press the “cooling” “heating” key to switch to the other  mode, you will exit from the smart function.</p>
<p><strong>Self Clean Operation</strong></p>
<ul>
<li>Functional description: the purpose of this function is to clean the evaporator.</li>
<li>Entry and exit Press self clean button to enter this function, then it will display “CL” on the panel of the indoor unit and also on the remote controller. After running 20-30 minutes, this function will exit automatically when the ” Pi ” sound is heard twice, then the unit returns to original state. Under operation process of self clean, pressing the button repeatedly has no effect and the function will not exit, but pressing the power off button and other mode button can make it exit.</li>
</ul>
<p><strong>Note:</strong></p>
<ol>
<li>It has no effect under the mode of timer/sleep.</li>
<li>After this mode starts, the air volume may reduce or it may even have no airflow.</li>
<li>It is normal if the unit makes some noise like expanding with heat and contracting with coldness.</li>
<li>The “CL” display time may last differently on the remote controller and panel.</li>
<li>It is normal if the temperature is below 0 outside, the unit may display “F25″under this mode running. Please turn off the unit for 10 seconds then restart.</li>
<li>The best condition to run this mode: the temperature is 15 ~27 and the humidity is 35 ~60 in the door, the temperature is 30 ~40 cooling season and below 10 heating season out the door.</li>
<li>It is hard to frost if the air is too dry(humidity 20%). and if the humidity is too high(humidity 70%), the condensate water may increase, which may move away some frost.</li>
</ol>
<p>The power saving function only works under the cooling, heating or dehumidifying mode, after the power saving function is set, press the sharp, mute, sleep, or smart key to exit the power saving function.<br />
After the power saving is set, the host machine will automatically adjust the setting temperature, and automatically control the switch of the compressor, which may be inconsistent with the user’s setting.<br />
The power saving function is more effective after the air conditioning has been running for a long time (more than 2 hours)</p>
<p><strong>HEALTH Operation</strong><img decoding="async" src="https://usemanuals.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/Haier-Split-Type-Room-Air-Conditioner-19.webp" /></p>
<p>When indoor fan motor is running, it has healthy process function. (It’s available under any mode) When the fan in the indoor unit does not work, the health lamp lights up, but the anion generator does not release anion.</p>
<p><strong>ON/OFF operation and test operation</strong></p>
<p><strong>ON/OFF Operation:</strong></p>
<ul>
<li>Use this operation only when the remote controller is defective or lost, and with function of emergency running, air conditioner can run automatically for a while.</li>
<li>When the emergency operation switch is pressed, the “Pi” sound is heard once, which means the start of this operation emergency operation starts, the unit will run automatically in the following modes: <img decoding="async" src="https://usemanuals.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/Haier-Split-Type-Room-Air-Conditioner-21.webp" /><img decoding="async" src="https://usemanuals.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/Haier-Split-Type-Room-Air-Conditioner-20.webp" /></li>
<li>It is impossible to change the settings of temp. and fan speed, It is also not possible to operate in timer or dry mode.</li>
</ul>
<p><strong>Test operation:</strong></p>
<p>Test operation switch is the same as emergency switch. Use this switch in the test operation when the room temperature is below 16 ºC, do not use it in the normal operation.<br />
Continue to press the test operation switch for more than 5 seconds. After you hear the “Pi” sound twice<img decoding="async" src="https://usemanuals.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/Haier-Split-Type-Room-Air-Conditioner-22.webp" /></p>
<p><strong>Loading of the battery</strong><img decoding="async" src="https://usemanuals.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/Haier-Split-Type-Room-Air-Conditioner-23.webp" /></p>
<h4>Maintenance</h4>
<p><b>For Smart Use of the Air Conditioner<img decoding="async" src="https://usemanuals.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/Haier-Split-Type-Room-Air-Conditioner-24.webp" /><br />
</b></p>
<p><strong>Cautions:</strong><img decoding="async" src="https://usemanuals.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/Haier-Split-Type-Room-Air-Conditioner-29.webp" /><img decoding="async" src="https://usemanuals.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/Haier-Split-Type-Room-Air-Conditioner-30.webp" /></p>
<h4>Trouble Shooting</h4>
<form id="commentform" class="comment-form" action="https://manuals.plus/wp-comments-post.php" method="post" novalidate="">
<p class="form-submit">
</form>
]]></content:encoded>
					
		
		
			</item>
		<item>
		<title>Haier QHEE06AC Room Air Conditioner Manual</title>
		<link>https://usemanuals.com/haier/qhee06ac-conditioner/</link>
		
		<dc:creator><![CDATA[ItsManual]]></dc:creator>
		<pubDate>Sat, 24 Jun 2023 19:51:38 +0000</pubDate>
				<category><![CDATA[Haier]]></category>
		<guid isPermaLink="false">https://usemanuals.com/?p=122085</guid>

					<description><![CDATA[Haier QHEE06AC Room Air Conditioner Room Air Conditioner Design may vary by model number. Some models may have an additional letter after the model number RECORD KEEPING Thank you for purchasing this Haier product. This user manual will help you get the best performance from your new air conditioner. ____________________________________________________ Model number For future reference, record the model and serial number located on the side of the air conditioner, and the date of purchase. ____________________________________________________ Serial number Staple your proof of purchase to this manual to aid in obtaining warranty service if needed. ____________________________________________________ Date of purchase HAIER WEBSITE Have a question or need assistance with your appliance? Try the Haier Website 24 hours a day, any day of the year! You can also shop for more great Haier products and take advantage of all our on-line support services designed for your convenience. In the US: Haierappliances.com SAFETY INFORMATION IMPORTANT SAFETY INFORMATION READ ALL INSTRUCTIONS BEFORE USING THE APPLIANCE WARNING: For your safety, the information in this manual must be followed to minimize the risk of fire, electric shock or personal injury. Use this appliance only for its intended purpose as described in this Owner’s Manual. This air conditioner must be properly installed in accordance with the Installation Instructions before it is used. Never unplug your air conditioner by pulling on the power cord. Always grip plug firmly and pull straight out from the receptacle. Replace immediately all electric service cords that have become frayed or otherwise damaged. A damaged power supply cord must be replaced with a new power supply cord obtained from the manufacturer and not repaired. Do not use a cord that shows cracks or abrasion damage along its length or at either the plug or connector end. Turn the unit OFF and unplug your air conditioner before cleaning. For your safety…do not store or use combustible materials, gasoline or other flammable vapors or liquids in the vicinity of this or any other appliance. If the receptacle does not match the plug, the receptacle must be changed out by a qualified electrician. WARNINGB: Risk of Fire or Explosion. This unit contains flammable refrigerant. Additional safety precautions must be followed. Do not use means to accelerate the defrosting process or to clean, other than those recommended by the manufacturer. The appliance shall be stored in a room without continuously operating ignition sources (for example: open flames, an operating gas appliance or an operating electric heater. Do not pierce or burn refrigerant tubing. Be aware that refrigerants may not contain an odor. Keep ventilation openings clear of obstruction. When handling, installing, and operating the appliance, care should be taken to avoid damage to the refrigerant tubing. Do not drill holes in the unit. Maintenance, cleaning, and service should only be performed by technicians properly trained and qualified in the use of flammable refrigerants. GE Appliances does not support any servicing of the air conditioner. Dispose of air conditioner in accordance with Federal and Local Regulations. Flammable refrigerants require special disposal procedures. Contact your local authorities for the environmentally safe disposal of your air conditioner. IMPORTANT SAFETY INFORMATION READ ALL INSTRUCTIONS BEFORE USING THE APPLIANCE WARNING: USE OF EXTENSION CORDS RISK OF FIRE. Could cause serious injury or death. DO NOT use an extension cord with this Window Air Conditioner. DO NOT use surge protectors or multi-outlet adaptors with this Window Air Conditioner. HOW TO CONNECT ELECTRICITY Do not, under any circumstances, cut or remove the third (ground) prong from the power cord. For personal safety, this appliance must be properly grounded. DO NOT use an adapter plug with this appliance. The power cord of this appliance is equipped with a 3-prong (grounding) plug which mates with a standard 3-prong (grounding) wall outlet to minimize the possibility of electric shock hazard from this appliance. Power cord includes a current interrupter device. A test and reset button is provided on the plug case. The device should be tested on a periodic basis by first pressing the TEST button and then the RESET button while plugged into the outlet. If the TEST button does not trip or if the RESET button will not stay engaged, discontinue use of the air conditioner and contact a qualified service technician. Have the wall outlet and circuit checked by a qualified electrician to make sure the outlet is properly grounded. Where a 2-prong wall outlet is encountered, it is your personal responsibility and obligation to have it replaced with a properly grounded 3-prong wall outlet. The air conditioner should always be plugged into its own individual electrical outlet which has a voltage rating that matches the rating plate. This provides the best performance and also prevents overloading house wiring circuits which could cause a fire hazard from overheated wires. See the Installation Instructions, Electrical Requirements section for specific electrical connection requirements. WARNING: Chemical Burn Hazard. Keep batteries away from children. This product contains a battery. If a new or used battery is swallowed or enters the body, it can cause severe internal burns and can lead to death in as little as 2 hours. Always completely secure the battery compartment. If the battery compartment does not close securely, stop using the product, remove the batteries, and keep it away from children. If you think batteries might have been swallowed or placed inside any part of the body, seek immediate medical attention. The cells shall be disposed of properly, including keeping them away from children. Even used cells may cause injury. CONTROL PANEL Features and appearance will vary. Lights below the touch pads on the air conditioner control panel indicate the selected settings. Controls Power Pad Turns air conditioner on and off. When turned on, the display will show the SET temperature. Display Shows the Set temperature or time remaining on the Delay timer. Shows the Set temperature while setting the temperature in Cool or ECO modes. Temp and Delay Increase ^ /Decrease v Pads Use to set temperature or delay time. Temperature can be set in Cool and ECO mode. Mode Pad Use to set the air conditioner to Fan Only, Cool, or ECO mode. Fan Speed Pad In Cool or ECO mode: Use to set the fan speed to Auto, High, Med or Low on the unit. In Fan Only mode: Use to set the fan speed to High, Med, or Low on the unit. Delay Pad Delay ON—When the air conditioner is off, it can be set to automatically come on in 1 to 24 hours at its previous mode and fan settings. Delay OFF—When the air conditioner is on, it can be set to automatically turn off in 1 to 24 hours. How to set: Press the Delay 1–24hr pad on the unit or the remote control. Each touch of the Increase ^ / Decrease v pads on the unit or the remote control will set the timer in 1-hour intervals. To review the remaining time on the Delay 1–24hr timer, press the Delay 1–24hr pad on the unit or the remote control. Use the Increase ^ / Decrease v pads on the unit or on the remote control to set a new time if desired. To cancel the timer, press Decrease v pad on the unit or the remote control until the set time is zero. After 3 seconds the light on the Delay 1-24 hour pad goes off. Filter Reset Pad This feature automatically notifies you that the air filter must be cleaned. The indicator light will come on after 250 hours of operation. Clean the air filter (refer to page 6), place it back in the front panel, and press the Filter Reset pad. The light will go off. USING THE AIR CONDITIONER Do Not Operate in Freezing Outdoor Conditions This cool-only air conditioner was not designed for freezing outdoor conditions. It must not be used when the outdoor temperature is below freezing (32°F). Remote Control To ensure proper operation, aim the remote control at the signal receiver on the air conditioner. The remote control signal has a range of up to 20 feet. Make sure nothing is between the air conditioner and the remote control that could block the signal. Make sure batteries are fresh and installed correctly as indicated on the remote control. Cool Mode Use the Cool mode at Low, Med, High or Speed for cooling. Use the Temperature Increase ^ / Decrease v pads to set the desired temperature between 64°F and 86°F in 1°F increments. An electronic thermostat is used to maintain the room temperature. The compressor will cycle on and off to keep the room at the set level of comfort. Set the thermostat at a lower number and the indoor air will become cooler. Set the thermostat at a higher number and the indoor air will become warmer. NOTE: If the air conditioner is off and is then turned on while set to a Cool setting or if turned from a fan setting to a Cool setting, it may take approximately 3 minutes for the compressor to start and cooling to begin Cooling Descriptions For Normal Cooling—Select the Cool mode and High or Med fan with a middle set temperature. For Maximum Cooling—Select the Cool mode and High fan with a lower set temperature. For Quieter and Nighttime Cooling—Select the Cool mode and Low fan with a middle set temperature. ECO Mode Controls the fan. ON—The fan will cycle on and off with the compressor. This may result in wider variations of room temperature and humidity. NOTE: the fan may continue to run for a short time or may pulse intermittently after the compressor cycles off to sample the room air. OFF—The fan runs all the time, while the compressor cycles on and off. Fan Only Mode Use the Fan Only Mode at Low, Med or High fan speed to provide air circulation and filtering without cooling. Since fan-only settings do not provide cooling, a Set temperature cannot be entered. The room temperature will appear in the display. Auto Fan Mode Set to Auto for the fan speed to automatically set to the speed needed to provide optimum comfort settings with the set temperature. If the room needs more cooling, the fan speed will automatically increase. If the room needs less cooling, the fan speed will automatically decrease. Air Direction Use the lever to adjust the air direction left to right. CARE AND CLEANING Grille and Case Turn the air conditioner off and remove the plug from the wall outlet before cleaning. To clean, use water and a mild detergent. Do not use bleach or abrasives. Air Filter The air filter behind the front grille should be checked and cleaned at least every 30 days or more often if necessary. To remove: Slide the filter from the left side of the unit. Remove the filter. Clean the filter with warm, soapy water. Rinse and let the filter dry before replacing it. Do not clean the filter in a dishwasher. CAUTION: DO NOT operate the air conditioner without a filter because dirt and lint will clog it and reduce performance. Outdoor Coils The coils on the outdoor side of the air conditioner should be checked regularly. If they are clogged with dirt or soot, they may be professionally cleaned. How to Insert the Batteries in the Remote Control Remove the battery cover by sliding it according to the arrow direction. Insert new batteries, making sure that the (+) and (–) of battery are installed correctly. Reattach the cover by sliding it back into position. NOTES: Use 2 “AAA” (1.5 volt) batteries. Do not use rechargeable batteries. Remove the batteries from the remote control if the system is not going to be used for a long time. Do not mix old and new batteries. Do not mix standard (carbon-zinc) or rechargeable (ni-cad, ni-mh, etc) batteries. INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS Questions? Visit our Website at: haierappliances.com BEFORE YOU BEGIN Read these instructions completely and carefully. IMPORTANT –Save these instructions for local inspector’s use. IMPORTANT –Observe all governing codes and ordinances. Note to Installer – Be sure to leave these instructions with the Consumer. Note to Consumer – Keep these instructions for future reference. Skill level – Installation of this appliance requires basic mechanical skills. Completion time – Approximately 1 hour We recommend that two people install this product. Proper installation is the responsibility of the installer. Product failure due to improper installation is not covered under the Warranty. You MUST use all supplied parts and use proper installation procedures as described in these instructions when installing this air conditioner. TOOLS YOU WILL NEED ELECTRICAL REQUIREMENTS These models require a 115/120-volt AC, 60-Hz grounded outlet protected with a 15-amp time-delay fuse or circuit breaker. The 3-prong grounding plug minimizes the possibility of electric shock hazard. If the wall outlet you plan to use is only a 2-prong outlet, it is your responsibility to have it replaced with a properly grounded 3-prong wall outlet. CAUTION: Do not, under any circumstances, cut or remove the third (ground) prong from the power cord. Do not change the plug on the power cord of this air conditioner. Aluminum house wiring may present special problems consult a qualified electrician. Power cord includes a current interrupter device. A test and reset button is provided on the plug case. The device should be tested on a periodic basis by first pressing the TEST button and then the RESET button while plugged into the outlet. If the TEST If the TEST button does not trip or if RESET the RESET button will not stay engaged, discontinue use of the air conditioner and contact a qualified service technician. PARTS INCLUDED WINDOWS REQUIREMENTS These instructions are for a standard double-hung window. You will need to modify them for other types of windows. The air conditioner can be installed without the side curtain panels if needed to fit in a narrow window. See the window opening dimensions. All supporting parts must be secured to firm wood, masonry or metal. The electrical outlet must be within reach of the power cord. Follow the dimensions in the table and illustration for your model. STORM WINDOW REQUIREMENTS A storm window frame will not allow the air conditioner to tilt toward the outside, and will keep it from draining properly. To adjust for this, attach a piece of wood to the sill. WOOD PIECES WIDTH: 2” LENGTH: Long enough to fit inside the window frame. THICKNESS: To determine the thickness, place than the top of the storm window frame or the vinyl frame. Attach securely with nails or screws provided by the installer. PREPARE THE AIR CONDITIONER A. Install the top mounting rail with Type A screws from the outside of the case. B. Slide the side curtain panels into the side panel rails. C. Slide left and right side curtain frames into top and bottom rails. Make sure that side curtains snap into side of the frames. INSTALL THE AIR CONDITIONER IN THE WINDOW A. Mark the center of the window. Set the air conditioner in the window so that is it centered. Place the air conditioner so that front edge of the bottom mounting rail is against the back edge of the sill. B. Bring the window down so that the front edge of the top mounting is in front of the window. Make sure that the air conditioner is level or tilting slightly to the outside. C. Extend the curtain panels until they fill the window. Mark the location of the holes in each corner. Use the drill and 1/8” drill bit to drill pilot holes. Use 4 type B screws to secure the side panels in place. SECURE AIR CONDITIONER A. Loosen the screw on the right hand side of the air conditioner near the bottom. B. Slide a side bracket over the screw so that the bracket is resting on the window sill. Tighten the screw. C. Use a 1/8” drill bit to drill a starter hole into the window sill through the holes in the side bracket. Use 4 type B screws to attach the side bracket to the window sill. D. Repeat the side bracket installation on the left side. INSTALL WINDOW LOCK BRACKET AND FOAM TOP WINDOW GASKETUse Type B Screw to install the window lock bracket on top of the bottom window. A. To prevent broken glass or damage to windows, on vinyl or other similarly constructed windows, attach the window locking bracket to the window side jamb with one Type B screw. B. Cut the foam top window gasket to the window width. C. Stuff the foam between the glass and the window to prevent air and insects from getting into the room. NOTE: gasket supplied does not fit your window, obtain appropriate material locally to provide a proper installation seal. TROUBLESHOOTING Save time and money! Review the charts on the following pages first and you may not need to call for service. Problem Possible Cause What To Do Air conditionerdoes not start. The unit is unplugged. Make sure the air conditioner plug is pushed completely into the outlet. The fuse is blown/circuit breaker is tripped. Check the house fuse/circuit breaker box and replace the fuse or reset the breaker. Power Failure. The unit will automatically restart in the setting last used after the power is restored. There is a protective time delay (approximately 3 minutes) to prevent tripping of the compressor overload. For this reason, the unit may not start normal cooling for 3 minutes after it is turned back on. The current interrupter device is tripped. Press RESET button located on the power cord plug. If the RESET button will not stay engaged, discontinue use of the air conditioner and contact a qualified service technician. Air conditioner does not cool as it should. Indoor airflow is restricted. Make sure there are not curtains, blinds or furniture blocking the front of the air conditioner. The temp control may not be set properly. Turn the temperature control to a higher number. The air filter is dirty. Clean the filter at least every 30 days. See Care and Cleaning section. The room may have been hot. When the air conditioner is first turned on, you need to allow time for the room to cool down. Cold air is escaping. Check for open furnace registers and cold air returns. Cooling coils have iced up. See “Air conditioner freezing up” below. Air conditioner freezing up Ice blocks the air flow and stops the air conditioner from cooling the room. Set the mode control to High Fan or High Cool with the temperature setting as high as it can be set. Water drips outside Hot, humid weather. This is normal. Water drips inside The air conditioner is not tilted to the outside. For proper disposal, make sure the air conditioner slants slightly from the case front to the rear. Water collects in base pan Moisture removed from air and drain into base pan. This is normal for a short period in areas with little humidity; normal for a longer period in very humid areas. NORMAL OPERATING SOUNDS You may hear a pinging noise caused by water being picked up and thrown against the condenser on rainy days or when the humidity is This design feature helps remove moisture and improve efficiency. You may hear the thermostat click when the compressor cycles on and Water will collect in the base pan during high humidity or on rainy days. The water may overflow and drip from the outdoor side of the unit. The fan may run even when the compressor does not Water droplets being thrown against the outside coils can make a pinging noise. This helps cool the condenser. You can reduce this noise by removing the subbase water plug To ensure maximum efficiency it is recommended to check to ensure the rubber drain plug is properly inserted. This plug may be removed during operation to minimize water in the back of the unit; however, removing it will lower the efficiency of your unit. NOTE: Do not drill hole in the base pan. HAIER LIMITED WARRANTY For The Period Of: Will Replace: One Year From the date of the original purchase Replacement, repair, or refund of the original retail price for any product which fails due to a defect in materials or workmanship. If the unit is exchanged, the replacement unit is warranted for the remainder of your product’s original one-year warranty period. GE will, at its sole discretion, replace the product with a product of the same or comparable functionality and quality or refund the original retail price. In Order to Make a Warranty Claim During Your Retailer’s Allowable Return Period: Properly pack your We recommend using the original carton and packing materials. Return the product to the retail location where it was Include in the package a copy of the sales receipt or other evidence of date of original Also print your name and address and a description of the defect. In Order to Make a Warranty Claim During the Remainder of the One-Year Warranty: Locate your original sales receipt and make a note of your model and serial number. Visit haierappliances.com/support/schedule-service to initiate the product replacement process. You will be asked to provide your name, address, date of purchase, model and serial number. GE Appliances will arrange for a carton to be sent to your home to recover the product. Please return all requested materials (postage pre-paid) in the carton provided. Please include a description of the defect You should receive your replacement product or refund within 7 to 10 business days after your package is received. What Will Not Cover: Customer instruction. This owner’s manual provides information regarding operating instructions and user controls. Improper installation. If you have an installation problem, or if the air conditioner is of improper capacity, contact your dealer or installer. You are responsible for providing adequate electrical connecting facilities. Failure of the product resulting from modifications to the product or due to unreasonable use including failure to provide reasonable and necessary maintenance. Replacement of house fuses or resetting of circuit breakers. Failure due to corrosion on models not corrosion-protected. Damage to the product caused by improper power supply voltage, accident, fire, floods or acts of God. Incidental or consequential damage caused by possible defects with this air conditioner. Damage caused after delivery. EXCLUSION OF IMPLIED WARRANTIES – Your sole and exclusive remedy is product repair as provided in this Limited Warranty. Any implied warranties, including the implied warranties of merchantability or fitness for a particular purpose, are limited to one year or the shortest period allowed by law. For US Customers: This limited warranty is extended to the original purchaser and any succeeding owner for products purchased for home use within the USA. If the product is located in an area where service by a GE Appliances Authorized Servicer is not available, you may be responsible for a trip charge or you may be required to bring the product to an Authorized GE Appliances Service location for service. In Alaska, the limited warranty excludes the cost of shipping or service calls to your home. Some states do not allow the exclusion or limitation of incidental or consequential damages. This limited warranty gives you specific legal rights, and you may also have other rights which vary from state to state. To know what your legal rights are, consult your local or state consumer affairs office or your state’s Attorney General. Warrantor US: GE Appliances, a Haier company Louisville, KY 40225 [...]<p><a class="btn btn-secondary understrap-read-more-link" href="https://usemanuals.com/haier/qhee06ac-conditioner/">Read More...</a></p>]]></description>
										<content:encoded><![CDATA[<h4></h4>
<h4>Haier QHEE06AC Room Air Conditioner</h4>
<h4><img decoding="async" src="https://usemanuals.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/prod-2.webp" /></h4>
<p><strong>Room Air Conditioner</strong></p>
<p>Design may vary by model number.<br />
Some models may have an additional letter after the model number</p>
<p><strong>RECORD KEEPING</strong><br />
Thank you for purchasing this Haier product. This user manual will help you get the best performance from your new air conditioner.</p>
<p>____________________________________________________<br />
Model number</p>
<p>For future reference, record the model and serial number located on the side of the air conditioner, and the date of purchase.</p>
<p>____________________________________________________<br />
Serial number</p>
<p>Staple your proof of purchase to this manual to aid in obtaining warranty service if needed.<br />
____________________________________________________<br />
Date of purchase</p>
<p><strong>HAIER WEBSITE</strong></p>
<p>Have a question or need assistance with your appliance? Try the Haier Website 24 hours a day, any day of the year! You can also shop for more great Haier products and take advantage of all our on-line support services designed for your convenience. In the US: <a href="http://haierappliances.com/" target="_blank" rel="noopener">Haierappliances.com</a></p>
<h4>SAFETY INFORMATION</h4>
<p>IMPORTANT SAFETY INFORMATION READ ALL INSTRUCTIONS BEFORE USING THE APPLIANCE</p>
<p><strong>WARNING:</strong> For your safety, the information in this manual must be followed to minimize the risk of fire, electric shock or personal injury.</p>
<ul>
<li>Use this appliance only for its intended purpose as described in this Owner’s Manual.</li>
<li>This air conditioner must be properly installed in accordance with the Installation Instructions before it is used.</li>
<li>Never unplug your air conditioner by pulling on the power cord. Always grip plug firmly and pull straight out from the receptacle.</li>
<li>Replace immediately all electric service cords that have become frayed or otherwise damaged. A damaged power supply cord must be replaced with a new power supply cord obtained from the manufacturer and not repaired. Do not use a cord that shows cracks or abrasion damage along its length or at either the plug or connector end.</li>
<li>Turn the unit OFF and unplug your air conditioner before cleaning.</li>
<li>For your safety…do not store or use combustible materials, gasoline or other flammable vapors or liquids in the vicinity of this or any other appliance.</li>
<li>If the receptacle does not match the plug, the receptacle must be changed out by a qualified electrician.</li>
</ul>
<p>WARNINGB: Risk of Fire or Explosion. This unit contains flammable refrigerant. Additional safety precautions must be followed.</p>
<ul>
<li>Do not use means to accelerate the defrosting process or to clean, other than those recommended by the manufacturer.</li>
<li>The appliance shall be stored in a room without continuously operating ignition sources (for example: open flames, an operating gas appliance or an operating electric heater.</li>
<li>Do not pierce or burn refrigerant tubing. Be aware that refrigerants may not contain an odor.</li>
<li>Keep ventilation openings clear of obstruction.</li>
<li>When handling, installing, and operating the appliance, care should be taken to avoid damage to the refrigerant tubing.</li>
<li>Do not drill holes in the unit.</li>
<li>Maintenance, cleaning, and service should only be performed by technicians properly trained and qualified in the use of flammable refrigerants.</li>
<li>GE Appliances does not support any servicing of the air conditioner.</li>
<li>Dispose of air conditioner in accordance with Federal and Local Regulations. Flammable refrigerants require special disposal procedures. Contact your local authorities for the environmentally safe disposal of your air conditioner.</li>
</ul>
<p><strong>IMPORTANT SAFETY INFORMATION READ ALL INSTRUCTIONS BEFORE USING THE APPLIANCE</strong></p>
<p><strong>WARNING:</strong> USE OF EXTENSION CORDS RISK OF FIRE. Could cause serious injury or death.</p>
<ul>
<li>DO NOT use an extension cord with this Window Air Conditioner.</li>
<li>DO NOT use surge protectors or multi-outlet adaptors with this Window Air Conditioner.</li>
</ul>
<p><strong>HOW TO CONNECT ELECTRICITY</strong></p>
<ul>
<li>Do not, under any circumstances, cut or remove the third (ground) prong from the power cord. For personal safety, this appliance must be properly grounded.</li>
<li>DO NOT use an adapter plug with this appliance.</li>
<li>The power cord of this appliance is equipped with a 3-prong (grounding) plug which mates with a standard 3-prong (grounding) wall outlet to minimize the possibility of electric shock hazard from this appliance. Power cord includes a current interrupter device. A test and reset button is provided on the plug case. The device should be tested on a periodic basis by first pressing the <strong>TEST</strong> button and then the <strong>RESET</strong> button while plugged into the outlet. If the <strong>TEST </strong>button does not trip or if the <strong>RESET</strong> button will not stay engaged, discontinue use of the air conditioner and contact a qualified service technician.</li>
<li>Have the wall outlet and circuit checked by a qualified electrician to make sure the outlet is properly grounded.</li>
<li>Where a 2-prong wall outlet is encountered, it is your personal responsibility and obligation to have it replaced with a properly grounded 3-prong wall outlet.</li>
<li>The air conditioner should always be plugged into its own individual electrical outlet which has a voltage rating that matches the rating plate.</li>
<li>This provides the best performance and also prevents overloading house wiring circuits which could cause a fire hazard from overheated wires.<br />
See the Installation Instructions, Electrical Requirements section for specific electrical connection requirements.</li>
</ul>
<p><strong>WARNING:</strong> Chemical Burn Hazard. Keep batteries away from children.</p>
<ul>
<li>This product contains a battery. If a new or used battery is swallowed or enters the body, it can cause severe internal burns and can lead to death in as little as 2 hours. Always completely secure the battery compartment. If the battery compartment does not close securely, stop using the product, remove the batteries, and keep it away from children.</li>
<li>If you think batteries might have been swallowed or placed inside any part of the body, seek immediate medical attention.</li>
<li>The cells shall be disposed of properly, including keeping them away from children.</li>
<li>Even used cells may cause injury.</li>
</ul>
<h4>CONTROL PANEL</h4>
<p>Features and appearance will vary.<br />
Lights below the touch pads on the air conditioner control panel indicate the selected settings.<br />
<img decoding="async" src="https://usemanuals.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/contr.webp" /></p>
<p><strong>Controls</strong></p>
<ol>
<li><strong>Power Pad</strong><br />
Turns air conditioner on and off. When turned on, the display will show the SET temperature.</li>
<li>Display<br />
Shows the Set temperature or time remaining on the Delay timer. Shows the Set temperature while setting the temperature in Cool or ECO modes.</li>
<li><strong>Temp and Delay Increase ^ /Decrease v Pads</strong><br />
Use to set temperature or delay time. Temperature can be set in Cool and ECO mode.</li>
<li><strong>Mode Pad</strong><br />
Use to set the air conditioner to Fan Only, Cool, or ECO mode.</li>
<li><strong>Fan Speed Pad</strong><br />
<strong>In Cool or ECO mode</strong>: Use to set the fan speed to Auto, High, Med or Low on the unit.<br />
<strong>In Fan Only mode: </strong>Use to set the fan speed to High, Med, or Low on the unit.</li>
<li><strong>Delay Pad<br />
Delay ON</strong>—When the air conditioner is off, it can be set to automatically come on in 1 to 24 hours at its previous mode and fan settings.<br />
<strong>Delay OFF</strong>—When the air conditioner is on, it can be set to automatically turn off in 1 to<br />
24 hours.</p>
<ul>
<li><strong>How to set</strong>:<br />
Press the Delay 1–24hr pad on the unit or the remote control. Each touch of the Increase ^ / Decrease v pads on the unit or the remote control will set the timer in 1-hour intervals.</li>
<li>To review the remaining time on the Delay 1–24hr timer, press the Delay 1–24hr pad on the unit or the remote control. Use the Increase ^ / Decrease v pads on the unit or on the remote control to set a new time if desired.</li>
<li>To cancel the timer, press Decrease v pad on the unit or the remote control until the set time is zero. After 3 seconds the light on the Delay 1-24 hour pad goes off.</li>
</ul>
</li>
<li><strong>Filter Reset Pad</strong><br />
This feature automatically notifies you that the air filter must be cleaned. The indicator light will come on after 250 hours of operation. Clean the air filter (refer to page 6), place it back in the front panel, and press the Filter Reset pad. The light will go off.</li>
</ol>
<h4>USING THE AIR CONDITIONER</h4>
<p><strong>Do Not Operate in Freezing Outdoor Conditions</strong><br />
This cool-only air conditioner was not designed for freezing outdoor conditions. It must not be used when the outdoor temperature is below freezing (32°F).</p>
<p><strong>Remote Control</strong></p>
<ul>
<li>To ensure proper operation, aim the remote control at the signal receiver on the air conditioner.</li>
<li>The remote control signal has a range of up to 20 feet.</li>
<li>Make sure nothing is between the air conditioner and the remote control that could block the signal.</li>
<li>Make sure batteries are fresh and installed correctly as indicated on the remote control.</li>
</ul>
<p><strong>Cool Mode</strong></p>
<p>Use the Cool mode at Low, Med, High or Speed for cooling. Use the Temperature Increase ^ / Decrease v pads to set the desired temperature between 64°F and 86°F in 1°F increments.</p>
<p>An electronic thermostat is used to maintain the room temperature. The compressor will cycle on and off to keep the room at the set level of comfort. Set the thermostat at a lower number and the indoor air will become cooler. Set the thermostat at a higher number and the indoor air will become warmer.</p>
<p><strong>NOTE: </strong>If the air conditioner is off and is then turned on while set to a <strong>Cool </strong>setting or if turned from a fan setting to a <strong>Cool </strong>setting, it may take approximately 3 minutes for the compressor to start and cooling to begin</p>
<p><strong>Cooling Descriptions</strong></p>
<ul>
<li>For Normal Cooling—Select the Cool mode and<br />
High or Med fan with a middle set temperature.</li>
<li>For Maximum Cooling—Select the Cool mode<br />
and High fan with a lower set temperature.</li>
<li>For Quieter and Nighttime Cooling—Select the<br />
Cool mode and Low fan with a middle set temperature.</li>
</ul>
<p><strong>ECO Mode</strong></p>
<p>Controls the fan.<br />
<strong>ON—</strong>The fan will cycle on and off with the compressor. This may result in wider variations of room temperature and humidity.</p>
<p><strong>NOTE:</strong> the fan may continue to run for a short time or may pulse intermittently after the compressor cycles off to sample the room air.</p>
<p><strong>OFF—</strong>The fan runs all the time, while the compressor cycles on and off.</p>
<p><strong>Fan Only Mode</strong></p>
<p>Use the Fan Only Mode at Low, Med or High fan speed to provide air circulation and filtering without cooling. Since fan-only settings do not provide cooling, a Set temperature cannot be entered. The room temperature will appear in the display.</p>
<p><strong>Auto Fan Mode</strong></p>
<p>Set to Auto for the fan speed to automatically set to the speed needed to provide optimum comfort settings with the set temperature.<br />
If the room needs more cooling, the fan speed will automatically increase. If the room needs less cooling, the fan speed will automatically decrease.</p>
<p><strong>Air Direction</strong></p>
<p>Use the lever to adjust the air direction left to right.</p>
<p><img decoding="async" src="https://usemanuals.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/airdi.webp" /></p>
<h4>CARE AND CLEANING</h4>
<p><strong>Grille and Case</strong></p>
<ul>
<li>Turn the air conditioner off and remove the plug from the wall outlet before cleaning.</li>
<li>To clean, use water and a mild detergent. Do not use bleach or abrasives.</li>
</ul>
<p><strong>Air Filter</strong></p>
<ul>
<li>The air filter behind the front grille should be checked and cleaned at least every 30 days or more often if necessary.</li>
<li><strong>To remove:</strong><br />
Slide the filter from the left side of the unit. Remove the filter. Clean the filter with warm, soapy water. Rinse and let the filter dry before replacing it. Do not clean the filter in a dishwasher.<br />
<strong>CAUTION:</strong> DO NOT operate the air conditioner without a filter because dirt and lint will clog it and reduce performance.</li>
</ul>
<p><img decoding="async" src="https://usemanuals.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/airfi.webp" /></p>
<p><strong>Outdoor Coils</strong></p>
<p>The coils on the outdoor side of the air conditioner should be checked regularly. If they are clogged with dirt or soot, they may be professionally cleaned.<br />
<img decoding="async" src="https://usemanuals.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/outdoor.webp" /></p>
<p><strong>How to Insert the Batteries in the Remote Control</strong></p>
<ol>
<li>Remove the battery cover by sliding it according to the arrow direction.</li>
<li>Insert new batteries, making sure that the (+) and (–) of battery are installed correctly.</li>
<li>Reattach the cover by sliding it back into position.</li>
</ol>
<p><strong>NOTES:</strong></p>
<ul>
<li>Use 2 “AAA” (1.5 volt) batteries. Do not use rechargeable batteries.</li>
<li>Remove the batteries from the remote control if the system is not going to be used for a long time.</li>
<li>Do not mix old and new batteries. Do not mix standard (carbon-zinc) or rechargeable (ni-cad, ni-mh, etc) batteries.</li>
</ul>
<h4>INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS</h4>
<p>Questions? Visit our Website at: <a href="http://haierappliances.com/" target="_blank" rel="noopener">haierappliances.com</a></p>
<p><strong>BEFORE YOU BEGIN</strong></p>
<p>Read these instructions completely and carefully.</p>
<ul>
<li>IMPORTANT –Save these instructions for local inspector’s use.</li>
<li>IMPORTANT –Observe all governing codes and ordinances.</li>
<li>Note to Installer – Be sure to leave these instructions with the Consumer.</li>
<li>Note to Consumer – Keep these instructions for future reference.</li>
<li>Skill level – Installation of this appliance requires basic mechanical skills.</li>
<li>Completion time – Approximately 1 hour</li>
<li>We recommend that two people install this product.</li>
<li>Proper installation is the responsibility of the installer.</li>
<li>Product failure due to improper installation is not covered under the Warranty.</li>
<li>You MUST use all supplied parts and use proper installation procedures as described in these instructions when installing this air conditioner.</li>
</ul>
<p><strong>TOOLS YOU WILL NEED</strong></p>
<p><img decoding="async" src="https://usemanuals.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/tools-4.webp" /></p>
<p><strong>ELECTRICAL REQUIREMENTS</strong></p>
<p>These models require a 115/120-volt AC, 60-Hz grounded outlet protected with a 15-amp time-delay fuse or circuit breaker.</p>
<p>The 3-prong grounding plug minimizes the possibility of electric shock hazard. If the wall outlet you plan to use is only a 2-prong outlet, it is your responsibility to have it replaced with a properly grounded 3-prong wall outlet.</p>
<p><strong>CAUTION:</strong></p>
<ul>
<li>Do not, under any circumstances, cut or remove the third (ground) prong from the power cord.</li>
<li>Do not change the plug on the power cord of this air conditioner.</li>
<li>Aluminum house wiring may present special problems consult a qualified electrician. Power cord includes a current interrupter device. A test and reset button is provided on the plug case. The device should be tested on a periodic basis by first pressing the <strong>TEST</strong> button and then the <strong>RESET</strong> button while plugged into the outlet. If the TEST If the <strong>TEST </strong>button does not trip or if RESET the <strong>RESET </strong>button will not stay engaged, discontinue use of the air conditioner and contact a qualified service technician.</li>
</ul>
<p><strong>PARTS INCLUDED</strong></p>
<p><img decoding="async" src="https://usemanuals.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/parts-16.webp" /></p>
<ol>
<li><strong>WINDOWS REQUIREMENTS</strong>
<ul>
<li>These instructions are for a standard double-hung window. You will need to modify them for other types of windows.</li>
<li>The air conditioner can be installed without the side curtain panels if needed to fit in a narrow<br />
window. See the window opening dimensions.</li>
<li>All supporting parts must be secured to firm wood, masonry or metal.</li>
<li>The electrical outlet must be within reach of the power cord.</li>
<li>Follow the dimensions in the table and illustration for your model.<img decoding="async" src="https://usemanuals.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/requi.webp" /></li>
</ul>
</li>
<li><strong>STORM WINDOW REQUIREMENTS<br />
</strong>A storm window frame will not allow the air conditioner to tilt toward the outside, and will keep it from draining properly. To adjust for this, attach a piece of wood to the sill. <strong>WOOD PIECES<br />
</strong><strong>WIDTH:</strong> <strong>2</strong>”<br />
<strong>LENGTH: </strong>Long enough to fit inside the window frame.<br />
<strong>THICKNESS: </strong>To determine the thickness, place than the top of the storm window frame or the vinyl frame. Attach securely with nails or screws provided by the installer.<br />
<img decoding="async" src="https://usemanuals.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/strom.webp" /></li>
<li><strong>PREPARE THE AIR CONDITIONER</strong><br />
<strong>A.</strong> Install the top mounting rail with Type A screws from the outside of the case.<br />
<img decoding="async" src="https://usemanuals.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/prep.webp" /><br />
<strong>B.</strong> Slide the side curtain panels into the side panel rails.<img decoding="async" src="https://usemanuals.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/prep2.webp" /><br />
<strong>C.</strong> Slide left and right side curtain frames into top and bottom rails. Make sure that side curtains snap into side of the frames.<br />
<img decoding="async" src="https://usemanuals.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/prep3.webp" /></li>
<li><strong>INSTALL THE AIR CONDITIONER IN THE WINDOW</strong><br />
<strong>A.</strong> Mark the center of the window. Set the air conditioner in the window so that is it centered. Place the air conditioner so that front edge of the bottom mounting rail is against the back edge of the sill.<br />
<strong>B.</strong> Bring the window down so that the front edge of the top mounting is in front of the window. Make sure that the air conditioner is level or tilting slightly to the outside.<br />
<img decoding="async" src="https://usemanuals.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/install-1.webp" /><br />
<strong>C.</strong> Extend the curtain panels until they fill the window. Mark the location of the holes in each corner. Use the drill and 1/8” drill bit to drill pilot holes. Use 4 type B screws to secure the side panels in place.<br />
<img decoding="async" src="https://usemanuals.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/install2-2.webp" /></li>
<li><strong>SECURE AIR CONDITIONER</strong><br />
<strong>A.</strong> Loosen the screw on the right hand side of the air conditioner near the bottom.<br />
<strong>B.</strong> Slide a side bracket over the screw so that the bracket is resting on the window sill. Tighten the screw.<br />
<img decoding="async" src="https://usemanuals.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/secure-1.webp" /><br />
<strong>C.</strong> Use a 1/8” drill bit to drill a starter hole into the window sill through the holes in the side bracket. Use 4 type B screws to attach the side bracket to the window sill.<br />
<strong>D.</strong> Repeat the side bracket installation on the left side.<br />
<img decoding="async" src="https://usemanuals.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/secure2-1.webp" /></li>
<li><strong>INSTALL WINDOW LOCK BRACKET AND FOAM TOP WINDOW GASKET</strong>Use Type B Screw to install the window lock bracket on top of the bottom window.<br />
<strong>A.</strong> To prevent broken glass or damage to windows, on vinyl or other similarly constructed windows, attach the window locking bracket to the window side jamb with one Type B screw.<br />
<img decoding="async" src="https://usemanuals.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/cautionnnn-1.webp" /><br />
<strong>B.</strong> Cut the foam top window gasket to the window width.<br />
<strong>C.</strong> Stuff the foam between the glass and the window to prevent air and insects from getting into the room.<br />
<img decoding="async" src="https://usemanuals.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/cautionn22-1.webp" /><br />
<strong>NOTE:</strong> gasket supplied does not fit your window, obtain appropriate material locally to provide a proper installation seal.</li>
</ol>
<h4>TROUBLESHOOTING</h4>
<p>Save time and money! Review the charts on the following pages first and you may not need to call for service.</p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td width="169"><strong>Problem</strong></td>
<td width="214"><strong>Possible Cause</strong></td>
<td width="336"><strong>What To Do</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td rowspan="4" width="169"><strong>Air conditionerdoes not </strong><strong>start.</strong></td>
<td width="214"><strong>The</strong><strong> unit is unplugged.</strong></td>
<td width="336">Make sure the air conditioner plug is pushed completely into the outlet.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="214"><strong>The fuse is blown/circuit breaker is </strong><strong>tripped.</strong></td>
<td width="336">Check the house fuse/circuit breaker box and replace the fuse or reset the breaker.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="214"><strong>Power</strong> <strong>Failure.</strong></td>
<td width="336">The unit will automatically restart in the setting last used after the power is restored.</p>
<p>There is a protective time delay (approximately 3 minutes) to prevent tripping of the compressor overload. For this reason, the unit may not start normal cooling for 3 minutes after it is</p>
<p>turned back on.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="214"><strong>The current interrupter device is </strong><strong>tripped.</strong></td>
<td width="336">Press RESET button located on the power cord plug.</p>
<p>If the RESET button will not stay engaged, discontinue use of the air conditioner and contact a qualified service technician.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td rowspan="6" width="169"><strong>Air conditioner does not </strong><strong>cool as it should.</strong></td>
<td width="214"><strong>Indoor</strong> <strong>airflow</strong> <strong>is</strong> <strong>restricted.</strong></td>
<td width="336">Make sure there are not curtains, blinds or furniture blocking the front of the air conditioner.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="214"><strong>The temp control may not be set </strong><strong>properly.</strong></td>
<td width="336">Turn the temperature control to a higher number.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="214"><strong>The</strong> <strong>air</strong> <strong>filter</strong> <strong>is</strong> <strong>dirty.</strong></td>
<td width="336">Clean the filter at least every 30 days. See Care and Cleaning section.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="214"><strong>The</strong> <strong>room</strong> <strong>may</strong> <strong>have</strong> <strong>been</strong><strong> hot.</strong></td>
<td width="336">When the air conditioner is first turned on, you need to allow time for the room to cool down.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="214"><strong>Cold air is escaping.</strong></td>
<td width="336">Check for open furnace registers and cold air returns.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="214"><strong>Cooling coils have iced up.</strong></td>
<td width="336">See “Air conditioner freezing up” below.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="169"><strong>Air</strong> <strong>conditioner</strong> <strong>freezing</strong> <strong>up</strong></td>
<td width="214"><strong>Ice blocks the air flow and stops the air conditioner from cooling the room.</strong></td>
<td width="336">Set the mode control to High Fan or High Cool with the temperature setting as high as it can be set.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="169"><strong>Water</strong> <strong>drips</strong> <strong>outside</strong></td>
<td width="214"><strong>Hot,</strong> <strong>humid</strong> <strong>weather.</strong></td>
<td width="336">This is normal.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="169"><strong>Water</strong> <strong>drips</strong> <strong>inside</strong></td>
<td width="214"><strong>The air conditioner is not tilted to </strong><strong>the outside.</strong></td>
<td width="336">For proper disposal, make sure the air conditioner slants slightly from the case front to the rear.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="169"><strong>Water</strong> <strong>collects</strong> <strong>in</strong> <strong>base</strong> <strong>pan</strong></td>
<td width="214"><strong>Moisture removed from air and drain </strong><strong>into base pan.</strong></td>
<td width="336">This is normal for a short period in areas with little humidity; normal for a longer period in very humid areas.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<h4>NORMAL OPERATING SOUNDS</h4>
<ul>
<li>You may hear a pinging noise caused by water being picked up and thrown against the condenser on rainy days or when the humidity is This design feature helps remove moisture and improve efficiency.</li>
<li>You may hear the thermostat click when the compressor cycles on and</li>
<li>Water will collect in the base pan during high humidity or on rainy days. The water may overflow and drip from the outdoor side of the unit.</li>
<li>The fan may run even when the compressor does not</li>
<li>Water droplets being thrown against the outside coils can make a pinging noise. This helps cool the condenser. You can reduce this noise by removing the subbase water plug</li>
</ul>
<p><img decoding="async" src="https://usemanuals.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/normal.webp" /></p>
<p>To ensure maximum efficiency it is recommended to check to ensure the rubber drain plug is properly inserted. This plug may be removed during operation to minimize water in the back of the unit; however, removing it will lower the efficiency of your unit.<br />
<strong>NOTE:</strong> Do not drill hole in the base pan.</p>
<p><strong>HAIER LIMITED WARRANTY</strong></p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td width="153"><strong>For</strong> <strong>The</strong> <strong>Period</strong> <strong>Of:</strong></td>
<td width="542"><strong>Will</strong> <strong>Replace:</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="153">One Year</p>
<p>From the date of the original purchase</td>
<td width="542"><strong>Replacement, repair, or refund </strong>of the original retail price for any product which fails due to a defect in materials or workmanship. If the unit is exchanged, the replacement unit</p>
<p>is warranted for the remainder of your product’s original one-year warranty period. GE will, at its sole discretion, replace the product with a product of the same or comparable functionality and quality or refund the original retail price.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p><strong>In Order to Make a Warranty Claim During Your Retailer’s Allowable Return Period:</strong></p>
<ul>
<li>Properly pack your We recommend using the original carton and packing materials.</li>
<li>Return the product to the retail location where it was</li>
<li>Include in the package a copy of the sales receipt or other evidence of date of original Also print your name and address and a description of the defect.</li>
</ul>
<p><strong>In Order to Make a Warranty Claim During the Remainder of the One-Year Warranty:</strong></p>
<ul>
<li>Locate your original sales receipt and make a note of your model and serial number.</li>
<li>Visit <a href="http://haierappliances.com/support/schedule-service" target="_blank" rel="noopener">haierappliances.com/support/schedule-service</a> to initiate the product replacement process.</li>
<li>You will be asked to provide your name, address, date of purchase, model and serial number.</li>
<li>GE Appliances will arrange for a carton to be sent to your home to recover the product.</li>
<li>Please return all requested materials (postage pre-paid) in the carton provided. Please include a description of the defect</li>
<li>You should receive your replacement product or refund within 7 to 10 business days after your package is received.</li>
</ul>
<p><strong>What Will Not Cover:</strong></p>
<ul>
<li>Customer instruction. This owner’s manual provides information regarding operating instructions and user<br />
controls.</li>
<li>Improper installation. If you have an installation problem, or if the air conditioner is of improper capacity, contact your dealer or installer. You are responsible for providing adequate electrical connecting facilities.</li>
<li>Failure of the product resulting from modifications to the product or due to unreasonable use including failure to provide reasonable and necessary maintenance.</li>
<li>Replacement of house fuses or resetting of circuit breakers.</li>
<li>Failure due to corrosion on models not corrosion-protected.</li>
<li>Damage to the product caused by improper power supply voltage, accident, fire, floods or acts of God.</li>
<li>Incidental or consequential damage caused by possible defects with this air conditioner.</li>
<li>Damage caused after delivery.</li>
</ul>
<p><strong>EXCLUSION OF IMPLIED WARRANTIES</strong> – Your sole and exclusive remedy is product repair as provided in this Limited Warranty. Any implied warranties, including the implied warranties of merchantability or fitness for a particular purpose, are limited to one year or the shortest period allowed by law.</p>
<p>For US Customers: This limited warranty is extended to the original purchaser and any succeeding owner for products purchased for home use within the USA. If the product is located in an area where service by a GE Appliances Authorized Servicer is not available, you may be responsible for a trip charge or you may be required to bring the product to an Authorized GE Appliances Service location for service. In Alaska, the limited warranty excludes the cost of shipping or service calls to your home.</p>
<p>Some states do not allow the exclusion or limitation of incidental or consequential damages. This limited warranty gives you specific legal rights, and you may also have other rights which vary from state to state. To know what your legal rights are, consult your local or state consumer affairs office or your state’s Attorney General. Warrantor US:</p>
<p>GE Appliances, a Haier company<br />
Louisville, KY 40225</p>
<form id="commentform" class="comment-form" action="https://manuals.plus/wp-comments-post.php" method="post" novalidate="">
<p class="form-submit">
</form>
]]></content:encoded>
					
		
		
			</item>
		<item>
		<title>Haier HWF75AW2 7.5kg Front Loader Washing Machine Manual</title>
		<link>https://usemanuals.com/haier/hwf75aw2-washing-machine/</link>
		
		<dc:creator><![CDATA[ItsManual]]></dc:creator>
		<pubDate>Tue, 27 Jun 2023 04:44:58 +0000</pubDate>
				<category><![CDATA[Haier]]></category>
		<guid isPermaLink="false">https://usemanuals.com/?p=126071</guid>

					<description><![CDATA[HWF75AW2 7.5kg Front Loader Washing Machine User Guide Front Load White With Speed Up wash function for fast turnaround of laundry without compromising cleaning performance. Anti-Bacterial Treatment (ABT) prevents mold and bacteria inside your machine for a more hygienic wash. Long-lasting Anti-Bacterial Treated (ABT) door seal and detergent dispenser Wave Drum design for a gentler and more efficient wash Delay start function (30mins – 24hrs) DIMENSIONS Height 845 mm Width 595 mm Depth 600 mm FEATURES &#38; BENEFITS Super fast for busy lives Save time with 15 minutes of Fast Wash for last-minute laundry items Special functions to look after your clothes Hygiene Cycle washes at a higher temperature to help eliminate stubborn germs Works around your schedule Take charge of your time with a set &#38; forget the Delay Start function Better fabric care through innovation 16 specialized wash programs to cater to a variety of fabrics SPECIFICATIONS Capacity Total capacity 7.5kg Consumption Energy rating 3.5 stars Water rating (WELS) 4.5 stars Controls Control type Electronic, button, and diamond Features Adjustable temperature control • Automatic door lock • Child lock • Delay start 30mins – 24hrs Long lasting Anti-Bacterial Treated • Stainless steel drum • Performance Maximum spin speed 1200rpm Motor type Conventional Speed up wash function • Product dimensions Depth 600 mm Height 845 mm Width 595 mm Wash Cycles Babycare • Cottons • Daily wash • Delicate • Duvet • Express 15 • Fast • Hand wash • Hygienic • Jeans • Mixed • Number of wash cycles 16 Spin • Sports • Synthetics • Underwear • Wool • SKU 61396 The product dimensions and specifications on this page apply to the specific product and model. Under our policy of continuous improvement, these dimensions and specifications may change at any time. You should therefore check with Fisher &#38; Paykel’s Customer Care Centre to ensure this page correctly describes the model currently available. ? 2020 Haier Inc. All rights reserved. Other product downloads available at haier.com User Guide A PEACE OF MIND SALE 24 Hours 7 Days a Week Customer Support T 0800 372273 Wwww.haier.com [...]<p><a class="btn btn-secondary understrap-read-more-link" href="https://usemanuals.com/haier/hwf75aw2-washing-machine/">Read More...</a></p>]]></description>
										<content:encoded><![CDATA[<p><strong>HWF75AW2 7.5kg Front Loader Washing Machine</strong><br />
<strong>User Guide</strong></p>
<p><strong>Front Load</strong><br />
<strong>White</strong></p>
<p><img decoding="async" src="https://usemanuals.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/Haier-HWF75AW2-7.5kg-Front-Loader-Washing-Machine.webp" /></p>
<p>With Speed Up wash function for fast turnaround of laundry without compromising cleaning performance. Anti-Bacterial Treatment (ABT) prevents mold and bacteria inside your machine for a more hygienic wash.</p>
<ul>
<li>Long-lasting Anti-Bacterial Treated (ABT) door seal and detergent dispenser</li>
<li>Wave Drum design for a gentler and more efficient wash</li>
<li>Delay start function (30mins – 24hrs)</li>
</ul>
<h4>DIMENSIONS</h4>
<table width="899">
<tbody>
<tr>
<td width="208">Height</td>
<td width="184">845 mm</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Width</td>
<td>595 mm</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Depth</td>
<td>600 mm</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<h4>FEATURES &amp; BENEFITS</h4>
<p><strong>Super fast for busy lives</strong><br />
Save time with 15 minutes of Fast Wash for last-minute laundry items Special functions to look after your clothes<br />
Hygiene Cycle washes at a higher temperature to help eliminate stubborn germs<br />
<strong>Works around your schedule</strong><br />
Take charge of your time with a set &amp; forget the Delay Start function<br />
<strong>Better fabric care through innovation</strong><br />
16 specialized wash programs to cater to a variety of fabrics</p>
<h4>SPECIFICATIONS</h4>
<p><strong>Capacity</strong></p>
<table width="853">
<tbody>
<tr>
<td width="208">Total capacity</td>
<td width="184">7.5kg</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p><strong>Consumption</strong></p>
<table width="858">
<tbody>
<tr>
<td width="208">Energy rating</td>
<td width="184">3.5 stars</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Water rating (WELS)</td>
<td>4.5 stars</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p><strong>Controls</strong></p>
<table width="868">
<tbody>
<tr>
<td width="208">Control type</td>
<td width="219">Electronic, button, and diamond</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p><strong>Features</strong></p>
<table width="874">
<tbody>
<tr>
<td width="223">Adjustable temperature control</td>
<td width="219">•</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Automatic door lock</td>
<td>•</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Child lock</td>
<td>•</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Delay start</td>
<td>30mins – 24hrs</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Long lasting Anti-Bacterial Treated</td>
<td>•</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Stainless steel drum</td>
<td>•</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p><strong>Performance</strong></p>
<table width="873">
<tbody>
<tr>
<td width="223">Maximum spin speed</td>
<td width="219">1200rpm</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Motor type</td>
<td>Conventional</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Speed up wash function</td>
<td>•</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p><strong>Product dimensions</strong></p>
<table width="883">
<tbody>
<tr>
<td width="223">Depth</td>
<td width="219">600 mm</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Height</td>
<td>845 mm</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Width</td>
<td>595 mm</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p><strong>Wash Cycles</strong></p>
<table width="880">
<tbody>
<tr>
<td width="223">Babycare</td>
<td width="34">•</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Cottons</td>
<td>•</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Daily wash</td>
<td>•</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Delicate</td>
<td>•</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Duvet</td>
<td>•</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Express 15</td>
<td>•</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Fast</td>
<td>•</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Hand wash</td>
<td>•</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Hygienic</td>
<td>•</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Jeans</td>
<td>•</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<table width="880">
<tbody>
<tr>
<td width="223">Mixed</td>
<td width="34">•</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Number of wash cycles</td>
<td>16</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Spin</td>
<td>•</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Sports</td>
<td>•</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Synthetics</td>
<td>•</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Underwear</td>
<td>•</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Wool</td>
<td>•</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<table width="880">
<tbody>
<tr>
<td width="223">SKU</td>
<td width="168">61396</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>The product dimensions and specifications on this page apply to the specific product and model.<br />
Under our policy of continuous improvement, these dimensions and specifications may change at any time. You should therefore check with Fisher &amp; Paykel’s Customer Care Centre to ensure this page correctly describes the model currently available. ? 2020 Haier Inc. All rights reserved.</p>
<p>Other product downloads available at <a href="http://haier.com/" target="_blank" rel="noopener">haier.com</a></p>
<p><img decoding="async" src="https://usemanuals.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/Haier-HWF75AW2-7.5kg-Front-Loader-Washing-Machine-icon.webp" /><a href="https://pp.haier.co.nz/on/demandware.static/-/Sites-haier-master-catalog/default/dw2131ba43/technical-content/laundry/front-loaders/HWF75AW1_HWF85AW1_-_User_Guide_-_20160708.pdf" target="_blank" rel="noopener">User Guide</a></p>
<p><strong>A PEACE OF MIND SALE</strong><br />
<strong>24 Hours 7 Days a Week Customer Support</strong><br />
<strong>T 0800 372273 W<a href="http://www.haier.com/" target="_blank" rel="noopener">www.haier.com</a></strong></p>
<form id="commentform" class="comment-form" action="https://manuals.plus/wp-comments-post.php" method="post" novalidate="">
<p class="form-submit">
</form>
]]></content:encoded>
					
		
		
			</item>
		<item>
		<title>Haier QDHR20 Dehumidifier Manual</title>
		<link>https://usemanuals.com/haier/qdhr20-dehumidifier/</link>
		
		<dc:creator><![CDATA[ItsManual]]></dc:creator>
		<pubDate>Sat, 08 Jul 2023 09:37:41 +0000</pubDate>
				<category><![CDATA[Haier]]></category>
		<guid isPermaLink="false">https://usemanuals.com/?p=145459</guid>

					<description><![CDATA[Haier QDHR20 Dehumidifier Owner’s SAFETY INFORMATION WARNING: For your safety, the information in this manual must be followed to minimize the risk of fire, electric shock or personal injury. Use this appliance only for its intended purpose as described in this Owner’s Manual. This dehumidifier must be properly installed and grounded as described in this manual before it is used. Never operate this dehumidifier in an area that is likely to accumulate standing water. If this condition develops, for your safety disconnect the power supply before stepping into the water. Never unplug your dehumidifier by pulling on the power cord. Always grip plug firmly and pull straight out from the receptacle. Immediately replace all electric service cords that have become frayed or otherwise damaged. A damaged power supply cord must be replaced with a new power supply cord obtained from the manufacturer and not repaired. Do not use a cord that shows cracks or abrasion damage along its length or at either the plug or connector end. If the receptacle does not match the plug, the receptacle must be changed out by a qualified electrician If the SUPPLY CORD is damaged, it must be replaced by the manufacturer, its service agent or similarly qualified person in order to avoid a hazard. The appliance shall be installed in accordance with national wiring regulations. Turn the dehumidifier OFF and unplug it before cleaning. Haier does not support any servicing of the dehumidifier. We strongly recommend that you do not attempt to service the dehumidifier yourself. For your safety, do not store or use combustible materials, gasoline or other flammable vapors or liquids in the vicinity of this or any other appliance. All dehumidifiers contain refrigerants, which under federal law must be removed prior to product disposal. If you are getting rid of an old product with refrigerants, check with the company handling disposal about what to do. Do not use outdoors. This dehumidifier is intended for indoor residential applications only. This dehumidifier should not be used for commercial or industrial applications. These R410A Dehumidifier Systems require contractors and technicians to use tools, equipment and safety standards approved for use with this refrigerant. DO NOT use equipment certified for R22 refrigerant only.  This appliance can be used by persons with reduced physical, sensory or mental capabilities or lack of experience and knowledge if they have been given supervision or instruction concerning use of the appliance in a safe way and understand the hazards involved. WARNING  DO NOT use an extension cord with this Dehumidifier. DO NOT use surge protectors or multi-outlet adaptors with this Dehumidifier. HOW TO CONNECT ELECTRICITY Do not, under any circumstances, cut or remove the third (ground) prong from the power cord. For personal safety, this appliance must be properly grounded. DO NOT use an adapter plug with this appliance. The power cord of this appliance is equipped with a 3-prong (grounding) plug which mates with a standard 3-prong (grounding) wall outlet to minimize the possibility of electric shock hazard from this appliance. Have the wall outlet and circuit checked by a qualified electrician to make sure the outlet is properly grounded. Where a 2-prong wall outlet is encountered, it is your personal responsibility and obligation to have it replaced with a properly grounded 3-prong wall outlet. The dehumidifier should always be plugged into its own individual electrical outlet, which has a voltage rating matching the rating plate. This provides the best performance and also prevents overloading house wiring circuits, which could cause a fire hazard from overheated wires. RECYCLING INFORMATION For appliance recycling information please visit www.geappliances.com/recycling. INSTRUCTIONS CONTROLS Appearance may vary by model.NOTE: When the bucket is full or removed, the controls cannot be set. Power Pad Press to turn the dehumidifier on and off. NOTE: Turning off the power by pressing the Power button does NOT disconnect the appliance from power supply. Fan speed pad Controls the fan speed. Press to select either High, Medium, Low, or Smart Dry fan speed. Set the fan control to High for maximum moisture removal. When the humidity has been reduced and quiet operation is preferred, set the fan control to Medium or Low. Smart Dry compares the set humidity level with the actual humidity and adjusts the fan speed automatically. Display Shows the set % humidity level while setting, then shows the actual (+/– 5% accuracy) room % humidity level. Hummidity set controls pad Nonstop mode for continuous operation. To set the unit for continuous operation, press the pad until the “Nonstop” indicator light is illuminated. NOTE: If Nonstop is selected, the dehumidifier will operate continuously at its maximum dehumidification settings if attached to a hose to drain or until the bucket is full. For drier air, press the pad and set to a lower percent value (%). For damper air, press the pad and set to a higher percent value (%). When you first use the dehumidifier, set the humidity control to 45% or 50%. Allow at least 24 hours for the dehumidifier to achieve the humidity level. If you still have damper air than desired, set the humidity level to a lower setting or select Nonstop for maximum dehumidification. Filter Time After 250 hours of operation, the Clean the Filter indicator light will glow to remind you to clean the filter. Remove the filter and clean it. Press and hold Filter button for 3 seconds to reset the filter reminder. See the Care and Cleaning section. Delay Off While the dehumidifier is operating press the Delay button. Press the / buttons to select the number of hours you want the dehumidifier to continue to operate before turning Off. NOTE: After displaying the time, the Display will revert to showing the current humidity after 5 seconds have passed. Pressing the Delay button will display the number of hours left on the delay. Delay On: While the dehumidifier is off press the Delay button. Press the / buttons to select the number of hours you want the dehumidifier to remain off before turning On. NOTE: The display will show the number of hours left until the dehumidifier turns on. To cancel the Delay: Press the Delay button once, the hours remaining on the Delay will appear on the display. Press the Delay button again and the Delay will be cancelled. Empty Indicator The “Empty” indicator will blink when the bucket is ready to be emptied, or when the bucket is removed and/or not replaced in the proper position. Other Features Alarm If the bucket is full or missing, an alarm will sound for about 10 seconds to remind you to empty and replace the bucket. Auto Shut Off The Water Level Control Switch shuts off the dehumidifier when the bucket is full, or when the bucket is removed and/or not replaced in the proper position. NOTE: The fan and compressor will stop running as soon as the bucket is removed. The alarm will sound if the bucket is not replaced in the proper position after 3 minutes. Auto Defrost When frost builds up on the evaporator coils, the compressor will cycle off and the fan will continue to run until the frost disappears. Power Outage In the case of a power outage or interruption, the unit will automatically restart, in the settings last used, after the power is restored. INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS NOTE: Before plugging in the dehumidifier, remove the casters from the bucket and install as shown below. Installing the Casters (only for QDHR20 and QDHR35) Remove the 4 casters from the bag taped to the inside of the water bucket lid. Carefully lay the dehumidifier down on it’s front or back on a padded surface to prevent damage to unit.  Push the casters into the holes on the base of the unit until they lock in place.  Place the unit upright and wait 1 hour before use. USING THE DEHUMIDIFIER When first using the dehumidifier, operate the unit continuously for 24 hours. How the Dehumidifier Operates Moist, humid air is drawn over a cold refrigerated dehumidifying coil. Moisture in the air condenses on this coil and drains into a bucket (or through a hose and drain). Dry, clean air is drawn through the condenser where it is heated and discharged out the top grille into the room. It is normal for the surrounding air to become slightly warmer as the dehumidifier operates. Automatic Defrost When frost builds up on the evaporator coils, the compressor will cycle off and the fan will continue to run until the frost disappears.When the coil is defrosted, the compressor or fan will automatically restart and dehumidifying will resume. Choosing a Location A dehumidifier operating in a basement will have little or no effect in drying an adjacent enclosed storage area, such as a closet, unless there is adequate circulation of air in and out of the area. Do not use outdoors. This dehumidifier is intended for indoor residential applications only. This dehumidifier should not be used for commercial or industrial applications. Place the dehumidifier on a smooth, level floor strong enough to support the unit with a full bucket of water. Allow at least 18 inches of air space on all sides of the unit for good air circulation. Place the dehumidifier in an area where the temperature will not fall below 41°F (5°C) or above 90°F (32°C). The coils can become covered with frost at temperatures below 41°F, which may reduce performance. The suggested range of relative humidity is between 40% and 50% Use the dehumidifier in cooking, laundry and dishwashing areas that have excessive moisture. NOTE: Place the dehumidifier away from the clothes dryer. Use the dehumidifier to prevent moisture damage anywhere books or valuables are stored. Use the dehumidifier in a basement to help prevent moisture damage. The dehumidifier must be operated in an enclosed area to be most effective. Close all doors, windows and other outside openings to the room. NOTE: The dehumidifier has casters to aid placement, but it should only be rolled on smooth, flat surfaces. Do not attempt to roll the dehumidifier on carpet or over objects. Always make sure the water bucket is locked into place on the dehumidifier. Removing Collected Water There are 2 ways to remove collected water: Use the bucket.  When the bucket is removed, the unit will shut off. Empty and replace the bucket. IMPORTANT: Do not use the hose if using the bucket to collect water. When the hose is connected, water will flow through it onto the floor instead of into the bucket. NOTES: Do not remove the bucket while the dehumidifier is operating or if it has just stopped operating. This might cause some water to drip from the drain pan. The bucket must be in place and securely seated for the dehumidifier to operate. Use a hose. Water can be automatically emptied into a floor drain by attaching a garden water hose (not included). Remove the bucket from the front of the unit.  Open the drain cover on the side of the unit. Thread a garden hose (not supplied) onto the nozzle and ensure it is seated securely. Cut to length and lead it to the floor drain. Replace the bucket in the unit. NOTE: The bucket must be in place and securely seated for the dehumidifier to operate. The drain hose must run down from the dehumidifier to the floor drain. Water Level The dehumidifier will turn off automatically when the bucket is full, or when the bucket is removed or not replaced in the proper position. The bucket must be replaced in the proper position for the dehumidifier to work. The empty indicator will blink and the dehumidifier will not run if the bucket is not in the proper position. Bucket Operation DO NOT remove the foam piece and magnet block in the bucket assembly. If removed the Dehumidifier will not work properly. CARE AND CLEANING Turn off the dehumidifier and remove the plug from the wall outlet before cleaning. Grille and Case To clean the case: Use water and a mild detergent. Do not use bleach or abrasives. Water Bucket To clean: Every few weeks, clean the bucket to prevent growth of mold, mildew and bacteria. Partially fill the bucket with clean water and add a little mild detergent. Swish it around in the bucket, empty and rinse. NOTE: Do not use a dishwasher to clean the water bucket. To remove: Remove the bucket and pour out any water. To replace: Slide the bucket into the dehumidifier. NOTE: The bucket must be in place and securely seated for the dehumidifier to operate. Air Filter The air filter behind the rear grille should be checked and cleaned at least every 250 hours of operation or more often if necessary. After 250 hours of operation, the Filter indicator light will glow to remind you to clean the filter. Remove the filter and clean it. Replace the filter and press and hold the filter button for 3 seconds. To remove: Remove the rear grille and the filter will be attached. To clean: Clean the filter with warm, soapy water. Rinse and let the filter dry before replacing it. CAUTION: DO NOT operate the dehumidifier without a filter because dirt and lint will clog the unit and reduce performance. Problem Possible Cause What To Do Dehumidifier does not start The dehumidifier is unplugged. Makes sure the dehumidifier’s plug is pushed completely into the outlet. The fuse is blown/circuit breaker is tripped. Check the house fuse/circuit breaker box and replace the fuse or reset the breaker. Dehumidifier has reached its set humidity level or bucket is full. The dehumidifier automatically turns off when either condition occurs. Change to a lower setting or empty the bucket and replace properly. Bucket is not in the proper position. The bucket must be in place and securely seated for the dehumidifier to operate. Power Failure. There is a protective time delay (up to 3 minutes) to prevent tripping of the compressor overload. For this reason, the unit may not start normal dehumidification for 3 minutes after it turned back on. Dehumidifier does not dry the air as it should Did not allow enough time to remove the moisture. When first installed, allow at least 24 hours to maintain the desired dryness. Airflow is restricted. Make sure there are no curtains, blinds or furniture blocking the top or back of the dehumidifier. See the Choosing a Location section. Dirty Filter See the Care and Cleaning section. The Humidity Control may not be set low enough. For drier air, press the ź pad and set to a lower percent value (%) or at the Nonstop setting for maximum dehumidification. Doors and windows may not be closed tightly. Check that all doors, windows and other openings are securely closed. Clothes dryer may be blowing moisure-laden air into the room. Install the dehumidifier away from the dyer. The dryer should be vented to the outside. Room temperature is too low. Moisture removal is best at higher room temperatures. Lower room temperatures will reduce the moisture removal rate. Models are designed to be operated at temperatures above 41°F (5°C). Dehumidifier runs too much Area to be dehumidified is too large. The capacity of your dehumidifier may not be adequate. Doors and windows are open. Close all doors and windows to the outside. Frost appears on the coils Room temperature is below 41°F (5°C) Please operate unit at temperatures above 41 F (5 C). Frost will usually disappear within 60 minutes. Under certain conditions, frost may appear on the coils of your dehumidifier at temperatures above 41°F (5°C). This is normal and frost will usually disappear within 60 minutes. See the Automatic Defrost section. Fan noise Air is moving through the dehumidifier. This is normal. Water on floor Hose connection may be loose. Check the hose connection. See the Removing Collected Water section. Intended to use the bucket to collect water, but a hose was attached. Disconnect the hose if using a bucket to collect water. See the Removing Collected Water section. Bucket Full LED light flashing and alarm sounds while drain hose is connected. Drain hose not tight on fitting. Check drain hose connection. Drain hose is kinked. Ensure the drain hose is pointed straight down to the floor and is not kinked in anyway. LIMITED WARRANTY For The Period Of: Haier Will Replace: One Year From the date of the original purchase Replacement unit for any product which fails due to a defect in materials or workmanship. The replacement unit is warranted for the remainder of your product’s original one-year warranty period. The replacement unit may either be a new unit or a refurbished unit. In Order to Make a Warranty Claim During the First 90 Days from the Date of Original Purchase: Properly pack your unit. We recommend using the original carton and packing materials.  Return the product to the retail location where it was purchased. Include in the package a copy of the sales receipt or other evidence of date of original purchase. Also print your name and address and a description of the defect. In Order to Make a Warranty Claim During the Remainder of the One-Year Warranty: Locate your original sales receipt and make a note of your model and serial number. Call Haier at 866.907.1655 to initiate the product replacement process. You will be asked to provide your name, address, date of purchase, model and serial number. Haier will arrange for a carton to be sent to your home to recover the product. You must return the product (postage pre-paid by Haier) to GE Applaince’s recovery center before a replacement unit will be provided. Please include a description of the defect. You should receive your replacement product within 7 to 10 business days after your unit is received. What Haier Will Not Cover: Customer instruction. This owner’s manual provides information regarding operating instructions and user controls.  Improper installation. If you have an installation problem, or if the product is of improper capacity, contact your dealer or installer. You are responsible for providing adequate electrical connecting facilities. Failure of the product resulting from modifications to the product or due to unreasonable use including failure to provide reasonable and necessary maintenance. Replacement of house fuses or resetting of circuit breakers. Failure due to corrosion.  Damage to the product caused by improper power supply voltage, accident, fire, floods or acts of God. Incidental or consequential damage caused by possible defects with this product. Damage caused after delivery. EXCLUSION OF IMPLIED WARRANTIES—Your sole and exclusive remedy is product repair as provided in this Limited Warranty. Any implied warranties, including the implied warranties of merchantability or fitness for a particular purpose, are limited to one year or the shortest period allowed by law. This limited warranty is extended to the original purchaser and any succeeding owner for products purchased for home use within the USA. Some states do not allow the exclusion or limitation of incidental or consequential damages. This limited warranty gives you specific legal rights, and you may also have other rights which vary from state to state. To know what your legal rights are, consult your local or state consumer affairs office or your state’s Attorney General. Exclusion of implied Warrantor: Except where prohibited or restricted by law, there are no warranties, whether express, oral or statutory which extend beyond the description on the face hereof, including specifically the implied warranties of merchantability or fitness for a particular purpose. GE Appliances, a Haier company Louisville, KY 40225 [...]<p><a class="btn btn-secondary understrap-read-more-link" href="https://usemanuals.com/haier/qdhr20-dehumidifier/">Read More...</a></p>]]></description>
										<content:encoded><![CDATA[<h3></h3>
<h4>Haier QDHR20 Dehumidifier Owner’s</h4>
<h3><img decoding="async" src="https://usemanuals.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/Haier-QDHR20-Dehumidifier-Owners.webp" /></h3>
<h4>SAFETY INFORMATION</h4>
<p><strong>WARNING: </strong>For your safety, the information in this manual must be followed to minimize the risk of fire, electric shock or personal injury.</p>
<ul>
<li>Use this appliance only for its intended purpose as described in this Owner’s Manual.</li>
<li>This dehumidifier must be properly installed and grounded as described in this manual before it is used.</li>
<li>Never operate this dehumidifier in an area that is likely to accumulate standing water. If this condition develops, for your safety disconnect the power supply before stepping into the water.</li>
<li>Never unplug your dehumidifier by pulling on the power cord. Always grip plug firmly and pull straight out from the receptacle.</li>
<li>Immediately replace all electric service cords that have become frayed or otherwise damaged. A damaged power supply cord must be replaced with a new power supply cord obtained from the manufacturer and not repaired. Do</li>
<li>not use a cord that shows cracks or abrasion damage along its length or at either the plug or connector end.</li>
<li>If the receptacle does not match the plug, the receptacle must be changed out by a qualified electrician</li>
<li>If the SUPPLY CORD is damaged, it must be replaced by the manufacturer, its service agent or similarly qualified person in order to avoid a hazard.</li>
<li>The appliance shall be installed in accordance with national wiring regulations.</li>
<li>Turn the dehumidifier OFF and unplug it before cleaning.</li>
<li>Haier does not support any servicing of the dehumidifier. We strongly recommend that you do not attempt to service the dehumidifier yourself.</li>
<li>For your safety, do not store or use combustible materials, gasoline or other flammable vapors or liquids in the vicinity of this or any other appliance.</li>
<li>All dehumidifiers contain refrigerants, which under federal law must be removed prior to product disposal. If you are getting rid of an old product with refrigerants, check with the company handling disposal about what to do.</li>
<li>Do not use outdoors.</li>
<li>This dehumidifier is intended for indoor residential applications only. This dehumidifier should not be used for commercial or industrial applications.</li>
<li>These R410A Dehumidifier Systems require contractors and technicians to use tools, equipment and safety standards approved for use with this refrigerant. DO NOT use equipment certified for R22 refrigerant only.</li>
<li> This appliance can be used by persons with reduced physical, sensory or mental capabilities or lack of experience and knowledge if they have been given supervision or instruction concerning use of the appliance in a safe way and understand the hazards involved.</li>
</ul>
<p><strong>WARNING </strong></p>
<ul>
<li>DO NOT use an extension cord with this Dehumidifier.</li>
<li>DO NOT use surge protectors or multi-outlet adaptors with this Dehumidifier.</li>
</ul>
<p><strong>HOW TO CONNECT ELECTRICITY</strong><br />
Do not, under any circumstances, cut or remove the third (ground) prong from the power cord. For personal safety, this appliance must be properly grounded. DO NOT use an adapter plug with this appliance.<br />
The power cord of this appliance is equipped with a 3-prong (grounding) plug which mates with a standard 3-prong (grounding) wall outlet to minimize the possibility of electric shock hazard from this appliance.<br />
Have the wall outlet and circuit checked by a qualified electrician to make sure the outlet is properly grounded. Where a 2-prong wall outlet is encountered, it is your personal responsibility and obligation to have it replaced with a properly grounded 3-prong wall outlet.<br />
The dehumidifier should always be plugged into its own individual electrical outlet, which has a voltage rating matching the rating plate. This provides the best performance and also prevents overloading house wiring circuits, which could cause a fire hazard from overheated wires.</p>
<p><strong>RECYCLING INFORMATION</strong><br />
For appliance recycling information please visit<a href="http://www.geappliances.com/recycling." target="_blank" rel="noopener"> www.geappliances.com/recycling.</a></p>
<h4><strong>INSTRUCTIONS</strong></h4>
<h5><strong>CONTROLS</strong></h5>
<p>Appearance may vary by model.<img decoding="async" src="https://usemanuals.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/Haier-QDHR20-Dehumidifier-Owners-1.webp" /><strong>NOTE:</strong> When the bucket is full or removed, the controls cannot be set.</p>
<ol>
<li><strong>Power Pad<br />
</strong>Press to turn the dehumidifier on and off.<br />
<strong>NOTE:</strong> Turning off the power by pressing the Power button does NOT disconnect the appliance from power supply.</li>
<li><strong>Fan speed pad<br />
</strong>Controls the fan speed. Press to select either High, Medium, Low, or Smart Dry fan speed. Set the fan control to High for maximum moisture removal. When the humidity has been reduced and quiet operation is preferred, set the fan control to Medium or Low. Smart Dry compares the set humidity level with the actual humidity and adjusts the fan speed automatically.</li>
<li><strong>Display<br />
</strong>Shows the set % humidity level while setting, then shows the actual (+/– 5% accuracy) room % humidity level.<strong><br />
</strong></li>
<li><strong>Hummidity set controls pad</strong><br />
Nonstop mode for continuous operation. To set the unit for continuous operation, press the pad until the “Nonstop” indicator light is illuminated.<br />
<strong>NOTE:</strong> If Nonstop is selected, the dehumidifier will operate continuously at its maximum dehumidification settings if attached to a hose to drain or until the bucket is full. For drier air, press the pad and set to a lower percent value (%). For damper air, press the pad and set to a higher percent value (%). When you first use the dehumidifier, set the humidity control to 45% or 50%. Allow at least 24 hours for the dehumidifier to achieve the humidity level. If you still have damper air than desired, set the humidity level to a lower setting or select Nonstop for maximum dehumidification.</li>
<li><strong>Filter Time<br />
</strong>After 250 hours of operation, the Clean the Filter indicator light will glow to remind you to clean the filter. Remove the filter and clean it. Press and hold Filter button for 3 seconds to reset the filter reminder. See the Care and Cleaning section.<strong><br />
</strong></li>
<li><strong>Delay Off<br />
</strong>While the dehumidifier is operating press the Delay button. Press the / buttons to select the number of hours you want the dehumidifier to continue to operate before turning Off.<strong> NOTE:</strong> After displaying the time, the Display will revert to showing the current humidity after 5 seconds have passed. Pressing the Delay button will display the number of hours left on the delay.<br />
<strong>Delay On: </strong>While the dehumidifier is off press the Delay button. Press the / buttons to select the number of hours you want the dehumidifier to remain off before turning On.<br />
<strong>NOTE:</strong> The display will show the number of hours left until the dehumidifier turns on.<br />
<strong>To cancel the Delay:</strong> Press the Delay button once, the hours remaining on the Delay will appear on the display. Press the Delay button again and the Delay will be cancelled.</li>
<li><strong>Empty Indicator<br />
</strong>The “Empty” indicator will blink when the bucket is ready to be emptied, or when the bucket is removed and/or not replaced in the proper position.<strong><br />
</strong></li>
</ol>
<h4>Other Features</h4>
<p><strong>Alarm</strong><br />
If the bucket is full or missing, an alarm will sound for about 10 seconds to remind you to empty and replace the bucket.<br />
<strong>Auto Shut Off</strong><br />
The Water Level Control Switch shuts off the dehumidifier when the bucket is full, or when the bucket is removed and/or not replaced in the proper position.<br />
<strong>NOTE:</strong> The fan and compressor will stop running as soon as the bucket is removed. The alarm will sound if the bucket is not replaced in the proper position after 3 minutes.<br />
<strong>Auto Defrost</strong><br />
When frost builds up on the evaporator coils, the compressor will cycle off and the fan will continue to run until the frost disappears.<br />
<strong>Power Outage</strong><br />
In the case of a power outage or interruption, the unit will automatically restart, in the settings last used, after the power is restored.</p>
<h4>INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS</h4>
<p><strong>NOTE:</strong> Before plugging in the dehumidifier, remove the casters from the bucket and install as shown below. Installing the Casters (only for QDHR20 and QDHR35)<img decoding="async" src="https://usemanuals.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/Haier-QDHR20-Dehumidifier-Owners-2.webp" /></p>
<ol>
<li>Remove the 4 casters from the bag taped to the inside of the water bucket lid.</li>
<li>Carefully lay the dehumidifier down on it’s front or back on a padded surface to prevent damage to unit.</li>
<li> Push the casters into the holes on the base of the unit until they lock in place.</li>
<li> Place the unit upright and wait 1 hour before use.</li>
</ol>
<h4>USING THE DEHUMIDIFIER</h4>
<p>When first using the dehumidifier, operate the unit continuously for 24 hours.</p>
<p><strong>How the Dehumidifier Operates</strong></p>
<p>Moist, humid air is drawn over a cold refrigerated dehumidifying coil. Moisture in the air condenses on this coil and drains into a bucket (or through a hose and drain). Dry, clean air is drawn through the condenser where it is heated and discharged out the top grille into the room. It is normal for the surrounding air to become slightly warmer as the dehumidifier operates.</p>
<p><strong>Automatic Defrost</strong></p>
<p>When frost builds up on the evaporator coils, the compressor will cycle off and the fan will continue to run until the frost disappears.When the coil is defrosted, the compressor or fan will automatically restart and dehumidifying will resume.</p>
<p><strong>Choosing a Location</strong></p>
<p>A dehumidifier operating in a basement will have little or no effect in drying an adjacent enclosed storage area, such as a closet, unless there is adequate circulation of air in and out of the area.</p>
<ul>
<li>Do not use outdoors.</li>
<li>This dehumidifier is intended for indoor residential applications only. This dehumidifier should not be used for commercial or industrial applications.</li>
<li>Place the dehumidifier on a smooth, level floor strong enough to support the unit with a full bucket of water.</li>
<li>Allow at least 18 inches of air space on all sides of the unit for good air circulation.</li>
<li>Place the dehumidifier in an area where the temperature will not fall below 41°F (5°C) or above 90°F (32°C). The coils can become covered with frost at temperatures below 41°F, which may reduce performance.</li>
<li>The suggested range of relative humidity is between 40% and 50%</li>
<li>Use the dehumidifier in cooking, laundry and dishwashing areas that have excessive moisture.<br />
<strong>NOTE:</strong> Place the dehumidifier away from the clothes dryer.</li>
<li>Use the dehumidifier to prevent moisture damage anywhere books or valuables are stored.</li>
<li>Use the dehumidifier in a basement to help prevent moisture damage.</li>
<li>The dehumidifier must be operated in an enclosed area to be most effective.</li>
<li>Close all doors, windows and other outside openings to the room.<img decoding="async" src="https://usemanuals.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/Haier-QDHR20-Dehumidifier-Owners-3.webp" /></li>
</ul>
<p><strong>NOTE:</strong> The dehumidifier has casters to aid placement, but it should only be rolled on smooth, flat surfaces. Do not attempt to roll the dehumidifier on carpet or over objects.</p>
<p>Always make sure the water bucket is locked into place on the dehumidifier.</p>
<p><strong>Removing Collected Water</strong></p>
<p>There are 2 ways to remove collected water:<br />
<strong>Use the bucket. </strong></p>
<p>When the bucket is removed, the unit will shut off. Empty and replace the bucket.<img decoding="async" src="https://usemanuals.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/Haier-QDHR20-Dehumidifier-Owners-4.webp" /></p>
<p><strong>IMPORTANT:</strong> Do not use the hose if using the bucket to collect water. When the hose is connected, water will flow through it onto the floor instead of into the bucket.<img decoding="async" src="https://usemanuals.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/Haier-QDHR20-Dehumidifier-Owners-5.webp" /></p>
<p><strong>NOTES:</strong></p>
<ul>
<li>Do not remove the bucket while the dehumidifier is operating or if it has just stopped operating. This might cause some water to drip from the drain pan.</li>
<li>The bucket must be in place and securely seated for the dehumidifier to operate.<img decoding="async" src="https://usemanuals.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/Haier-QDHR20-Dehumidifier-Owners-6.webp" /></li>
</ul>
<p><strong>Use a hose</strong>. Water can be automatically emptied into a floor drain by attaching a garden water hose (not included).</p>
<ol>
<li>Remove the bucket from the front of the unit.</li>
<li> Open the drain cover on the side of the unit.<img decoding="async" src="https://usemanuals.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/Haier-QDHR20-Dehumidifier-Owners-7.webp" /></li>
<li>Thread a garden hose (not supplied) onto the nozzle and ensure it is seated securely. Cut to length and lead it to the floor drain.<img decoding="async" src="https://usemanuals.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/Haier-QDHR20-Dehumidifier-Owners-8.webp" /></li>
<li>Replace the bucket in the unit.<br />
<strong>NOTE:</strong> The bucket must be in place and securely seated for the dehumidifier to operate. The drain hose must run down from the dehumidifier to the floor drain.</li>
</ol>
<p><strong>Water Level</strong></p>
<p>The dehumidifier will turn off automatically when the bucket is full, or when the bucket is removed or not replaced in the proper position. The bucket must be replaced in the proper position for the dehumidifier to work. The empty indicator will blink and the dehumidifier will not run if the bucket is not in the proper position.</p>
<p><strong>Bucket Operation</strong></p>
<p>DO NOT remove the foam piece and magnet block in the bucket assembly. If removed the Dehumidifier will not work properly.<img decoding="async" src="https://usemanuals.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/Haier-QDHR20-Dehumidifier-Owners-9.webp" /></p>
<h4>CARE AND CLEANING</h4>
<p>Turn off the dehumidifier and remove the plug from the wall outlet before cleaning.</p>
<p><strong>Grille and Case</strong></p>
<p>To clean the case: Use water and a mild detergent. Do not use bleach or abrasives.</p>
<p><strong>Water Bucket</strong></p>
<p><strong>To clean: </strong>Every few weeks, clean the bucket to prevent growth of mold, mildew and bacteria. Partially fill the bucket with clean water and add a little mild detergent. Swish it around in the bucket, empty and rinse.<br />
<strong>NOTE:</strong> Do not use a dishwasher to clean the water bucket.<br />
<strong>To remove:</strong><br />
Remove the bucket and pour out any water.<br />
<strong>To replace:</strong><br />
Slide the bucket into the dehumidifier.<br />
<strong>NOTE:</strong> The bucket must be in place and securely seated for the dehumidifier to operate.<img decoding="async" src="https://usemanuals.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/Haier-QDHR20-Dehumidifier-Owners-10.webp" /></p>
<p><strong>Air Filter</strong></p>
<p>The air filter behind the rear grille should be checked and cleaned at least every 250 hours of operation or more often if necessary. After 250 hours of operation, the Filter indicator light will glow to remind you to clean the filter. Remove the filter and clean it. Replace the filter and press and hold the filter button for 3 seconds.</p>
<p><strong>To remove: </strong>Remove the rear grille and the filter will be attached.</p>
<p><strong>To clean: </strong>Clean the filter with warm, soapy water. Rinse and let the filter dry before replacing it.</p>
<p><strong>CAUTION: </strong>DO NOT operate the dehumidifier without a filter because dirt and lint will clog the unit and reduce performance.<img decoding="async" src="https://usemanuals.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/Haier-QDHR20-Dehumidifier-Owners-11.webp" /></p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td width="169"><strong>Problem</strong></td>
<td width="214"><strong>Possible Cause</strong></td>
<td width="336"><strong>What To Do</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td rowspan="5" width="169"><strong>Dehumidifier does not start</strong></td>
<td width="214"><strong>The dehumidifier is unplugged.</strong></td>
<td width="336">Makes sure the dehumidifier’s plug is pushed completely into the outlet.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="214"><strong>The fuse is blown/circuit breaker is </strong><strong>tripped.</strong></td>
<td width="336">Check the house fuse/circuit breaker box and replace the fuse or reset the breaker.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="214"><strong>Dehumidifier has reached its set </strong><strong>humidity level or bucket is full.</strong></td>
<td width="336">The dehumidifier automatically turns off when either condition occurs. Change to a lower setting or empty the bucket and replace properly.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="214"><strong>Bucket is not in the proper position.</strong></td>
<td width="336">The bucket must be in place and securely seated for the dehumidifier to operate.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="214"><strong>Power Failure.</strong></td>
<td width="336">There is a protective time delay (up to 3 minutes) to prevent tripping of the compressor overload. For this reason, the unit may not start normal dehumidification for 3 minutes after it</p>
<p>turned back on.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td rowspan="7" width="169"><strong>Dehumidifier does not dry </strong><strong>the air as it should</strong></td>
<td width="214"><strong>Did not allow enough time to remove the moisture.</strong></td>
<td width="336">When first installed, allow at least 24 hours to maintain the desired dryness.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="214"><strong>Airflow is restricted.</strong></td>
<td width="336">Make sure there are no curtains, blinds or furniture blocking the top or back of the dehumidifier. See the Choosing a Location section.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="214"><strong>Dirty Filter</strong></td>
<td width="336">See the Care and Cleaning section.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="214"><strong>The Humidity Control may not be set low enough.</strong></td>
<td width="336">For drier air, press the <strong>ź </strong>pad and set to a lower percent value (%) or at the Nonstop setting for maximum dehumidification.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="214"><strong>Doors and windows may not be </strong><strong>closed tightly.</strong></td>
<td width="336">Check that all doors, windows and other openings are securely closed.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="214"><strong>Clothes dryer may be blowing moisure-laden air into the room.</strong></td>
<td width="336">Install the dehumidifier away from the dyer. The dryer should be vented to the outside.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="214"><strong>Room temperature is too low.</strong></td>
<td width="336">Moisture removal is best at higher room temperatures. Lower room temperatures will reduce the moisture removal rate. Models are designed to be operated at temperatures above 41°F (5°C).</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td rowspan="2" width="169"><strong>Dehumidifier runs too much</strong></td>
<td width="214"><strong>Area to be dehumidified is too large.</strong></td>
<td width="336">The capacity of your dehumidifier may not be adequate.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="214"><strong>Doors and windows are open.</strong></td>
<td width="336">Close all doors and windows to the outside.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="169"><strong>Frost appears on the coils</strong></td>
<td width="214"><strong>Room temperature is below 41</strong>°<strong>F </strong><strong>(5</strong>°<strong>C)</strong></td>
<td width="336">Please operate unit at temperatures above 41 F (5 C). Frost will usually disappear within 60 minutes. Under certain</p>
<p>conditions, frost may appear on the coils of your dehumidifier at temperatures above 41°F (5°C). This is normal and frost will usually disappear within 60 minutes. See the Automatic Defrost section.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="169"><strong>Fan noise</strong></td>
<td width="214"><strong>Air is moving through the dehumidifier.</strong></td>
<td width="336">This is normal.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td rowspan="2" width="169"><strong>Water on floor</strong></td>
<td width="214"><strong>Hose connection may be loose.</strong></td>
<td width="336">Check the hose connection. See the Removing Collected Water section.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="214"><strong>Intended to use the bucket to collect water, but a hose was attached.</strong></td>
<td width="336">Disconnect the hose if using a bucket to collect water. See the Removing Collected Water section.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td rowspan="2" width="169"><strong>Bucket Full LED light flashing and alarm sounds while drain hose is connected.</strong></td>
<td width="214"><strong>Drain hose not tight on fitting.</strong></td>
<td width="336">Check drain hose connection.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="214"><strong>Drain hose is kinked.</strong></td>
<td width="336">Ensure the drain hose is pointed straight down to the floor and is not kinked in anyway.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<h4><strong>LIMITED WARRANTY</strong></h4>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td width="187"><strong>For The Period Of:</strong></td>
<td width="507"><strong>Haier Will Replace:</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="187"><strong>One Year</strong></p>
<p>From the date of the original purchase</td>
<td width="507"><strong>Replacement unit </strong>for any product which fails due to a defect in materials or workmanship. The replacement unit is warranted for the remainder of your product’s original one-year warranty period. <strong>The replacement unit may either be a new unit or a refurbished unit.</strong></td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p><strong>In Order to Make a Warranty Claim During the First 90 Days from the Date of Original Purchase:</strong></p>
<ul>
<li>Properly pack your unit. We recommend using the original carton and packing materials.</li>
<li> Return the product to the retail location where it was purchased.</li>
<li>Include in the package a copy of the sales receipt or other evidence of date of original purchase. Also print your name and address and a description of the defect.</li>
</ul>
<p><strong>In Order to Make a Warranty Claim During the Remainder of the One-Year Warranty:</strong></p>
<ul>
<li>Locate your original sales receipt and make a note of your model and serial number.</li>
<li>Call Haier at 866.907.1655 to initiate the product replacement process.</li>
<li>You will be asked to provide your name, address, date of purchase, model and serial number.</li>
<li>Haier will arrange for a carton to be sent to your home to recover the product.</li>
<li>You must return the product (postage pre-paid by Haier) to GE Applaince’s recovery center before a replacement unit will be provided. Please include a description of the defect.</li>
<li>You should receive your replacement product within 7 to 10 business days after your unit is received.</li>
</ul>
<p><strong>What Haier Will Not Cover:</strong></p>
<ul>
<li>Customer instruction. This owner’s manual provides information regarding operating instructions and user controls.</li>
<li> Improper installation. If you have an installation problem, or if the product is of improper capacity, contact your dealer or installer. You are responsible for providing adequate electrical connecting facilities.</li>
<li>Failure of the product resulting from modifications to the product or due to unreasonable use including failure to provide reasonable and necessary maintenance.</li>
<li>Replacement of house fuses or resetting of circuit breakers.</li>
<li>Failure due to corrosion.</li>
<li> Damage to the product caused by improper power supply voltage, accident, fire, floods or acts of God.</li>
<li>Incidental or consequential damage caused by possible defects with this product.</li>
<li>Damage caused after delivery.</li>
</ul>
<p><strong>EXCLUSION OF IMPLIED WARRANTIES—</strong>Your sole and exclusive remedy is product repair as provided in this Limited Warranty. Any implied warranties, including the implied warranties of merchantability or fitness for a particular purpose, are limited to one year or the shortest period allowed by law.</p>
<p>This limited warranty is extended to the original purchaser and any succeeding owner for products purchased for home use within the USA. Some states do not allow the exclusion or limitation of incidental or consequential damages. This limited warranty gives you specific legal rights, and you may also have other rights which vary from state to state. To know what your legal rights are, consult your local or state consumer affairs office or your state’s Attorney General. Exclusion of implied</p>
<p><strong>Warrantor:</strong></p>
<ul>
<li>Except where prohibited or restricted by law, there are no warranties, whether express, oral or statutory which extend beyond the description on the face hereof, including specifically the implied warranties of merchantability or fitness for a particular purpose.</li>
<li>GE Appliances, a Haier company Louisville, KY 40225</li>
</ul>
<form id="commentform" class="comment-form" action="https://manuals.plus/wp-comments-post.php" method="post" novalidate="">
<p class="form-submit">
</form>
]]></content:encoded>
					
		
		
			</item>
		<item>
		<title>Haier HWT60FVW2 Top Loader Washing Machine Manual</title>
		<link>https://usemanuals.com/haier/hwt60fvw2-machine/</link>
		
		<dc:creator><![CDATA[ItsManual]]></dc:creator>
		<pubDate>Sun, 09 Jul 2023 14:39:36 +0000</pubDate>
				<category><![CDATA[Haier]]></category>
		<guid isPermaLink="false">https://usemanuals.com/?p=151123</guid>

					<description><![CDATA[Haier HWT60FVW2 Top Loader Washing Machine With a soft-close glass lid to make loading easy, as well as a Quick cycle that finishes your washing in just 12 minutes. DIMENSIONS With seven wash cycles, from Heavy to Wool and Delicate Includes a Quick cycle that washes lightly soiled, small loads in just 12 minutes Auto-sensing can sense your load size, to optimize water use With the Delay Start function so your wash works around your schedule Height Width 530 mm Depth 520 mm FEATURES &#38; BENEFITS Height 900 mm Width 530 mm Depth 520 mm Super-fast for busy lives Wash your lightly soiled small loads in 12 minutes with a super-fast Quick wash cycle. Designed to be easy-to-use Durable toughened-glass lid, with soft-close for easier loading and unloading. An intuitive control panel and LED display give you a simple cycle and option selection. Smart sensing for better water efficiency A pulsating wash action uses less water than conventional agitator machines, while sensors automatically detect the load size to optimize water use. Works around your schedule Take charge of your time with a Delay Start function, where you can set and forget for up to 24 hours. SPECIFICATIONS Capacity Total capacity 6kg Consumption Energy rating 2 star Water rating (WELS) 3 star Features Auto load sensing • Auto out of balance correction • Automatic water level • Delay start • Detergent dispenser • Front levelling feet • Fuzzy Logic program for optimum • Hot and Cold water inlet • • No central post agitator • Power on indicator • Performance [...]<p><a class="btn btn-secondary understrap-read-more-link" href="https://usemanuals.com/haier/hwt60fvw2-machine/">Read More...</a></p>]]></description>
										<content:encoded><![CDATA[<h4></h4>
<h4>Haier HWT60FVW2 Top Loader Washing Machine</h4>
<p>With a soft-close glass lid to make loading easy, as well as a Quick cycle that finishes your washing in just 12 minutes.</p>
<h4>DIMENSIONS</h4>
<ul>
<li>With seven wash cycles, from Heavy to Wool and Delicate</li>
<li>Includes a Quick cycle that washes lightly soiled, small loads in just 12 minutes</li>
<li>Auto-sensing can sense your load size, to optimize water use</li>
<li>With the Delay Start function so your wash works around your schedule</li>
</ul>
<p><strong>Height</strong></p>
<ul>
<li>Width 530 mm</li>
<li>Depth 520 mm</li>
</ul>
<h4>FEATURES &amp; BENEFITS</h4>
<ul>
<li>Height 900 mm</li>
<li>Width 530 mm</li>
<li>Depth 520 mm</li>
</ul>
<p><strong>Super-fast for busy lives</strong><br />
Wash your lightly soiled small loads in 12 minutes with a super-fast Quick wash cycle.</p>
<p><strong>Designed to be easy-to-use</strong><br />
Durable toughened-glass lid, with soft-close for easier loading and unloading. An intuitive control panel and LED display give you a simple cycle and option selection.</p>
<p><strong>Smart sensing for better water efficiency</strong><br />
A pulsating wash action uses less water than conventional agitator machines, while sensors automatically detect the load size to optimize water use.</p>
<p><strong>Works around your schedule</strong><br />
Take charge of your time with a Delay Start function, where you can set and forget for up to 24 hours.</p>
<h4>SPECIFICATIONS</h4>
<p><strong>Capacity</strong></p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td width="172">Total capacity</td>
<td width="130"><strong>6kg</strong></td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p><strong>Consumption</strong></p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td width="181">Energy rating</td>
<td width="120"><strong>2 star</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="181">Water rating (WELS)</td>
<td width="120"><strong>3 star</strong></td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p><strong>Features</strong></p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td width="219">Auto load sensing</td>
<td width="83"><strong>•</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="219">Auto out of balance correction</td>
<td width="83"><strong>•</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="219">Automatic water level</td>
<td width="83"><strong>•</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="219">Delay start</td>
<td width="83"><strong>•</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="219">Detergent dispenser</td>
<td width="83"><strong>•</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="219">Front levelling feet</td>
<td width="83"><strong>•</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="219">Fuzzy Logic program for optimum</td>
<td width="83"><strong>•</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="219">Hot and Cold water inlet</td>
<td width="83"><strong>•</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="219"></td>
<td width="83"><strong>•</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="219">No central post agitator</td>
<td width="83"><strong>•</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="219">Power on indicator</td>
<td width="83"><strong>•</strong></td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p><strong>Performance</strong></p>
<form id="commentform" class="comment-form" action="https://manuals.plus/wp-comments-post.php" method="post" novalidate="">
<p class="form-submit">
</form>
]]></content:encoded>
					
		
		
			</item>
		<item>
		<title>Haier HBS01 AC Remote Control Manual</title>
		<link>https://usemanuals.com/haier/hbs01-ac-remote/</link>
		
		<dc:creator><![CDATA[ItsManual]]></dc:creator>
		<pubDate>Tue, 11 Jul 2023 14:21:58 +0000</pubDate>
				<category><![CDATA[Haier]]></category>
		<guid isPermaLink="false">https://usemanuals.com/?p=158368</guid>

					<description><![CDATA[Haier HBS01 AC Remote Control Operating Manual External View of Remote Controller Loading of the battery Remove the battery cover; Insert AAA batteries (included) loading is in line with the “+”/ “-”; Replace cover Functional description Power-up and Show All: After inserting the batteries the display will show all symbols for 3 seconds. The remote will then enter clock set mode. Use “+/-“ to adjust the clock. Press “Confirm” when done. If no action is taken within 10 seconds then the remote will exit set mode. See section 22 for clock setting instructions. ON/OFF Button: Press the ON/OFF button on the remote control to start the unit. SMART Button:  In SMART mode the air conditioner will automatically switch between Cool, Heat, or Fan to maintain the set temperature.  When the fan is set to AUTO the air conditioner automatically adjusts the fan speed according to room temperature.  The SMART button also works to power the unit on and off. COOL Button, HEAT Button, and DRY Button  In COOL mode, the unit operates in cooling. When the FAN is set to AUTO, the air conditioner automatically adjusts the fan speed according to room temperature. COOL will be displayed during COOL mode.  In HEAT mode, warm air will blow out after a short period of time due to the cold-air prevention function. When the FAN is set to AUTO, the air conditioner automatically adjusts the fan speed according to room temperature. HEAT will be displayed during HEAT mode.  DRY mode is used to reduce humidity. In DRY mode, when room temperature becomes lower than temp. setting+2°F, the unit will run intermittently at LOW speed regardless of the FAN setting. DRY will be displayed during DRY mode. Mode SMART HEAT COOL DRY FAN Initial TEMP. 24°C (75°F) 24°C (75°F) 24°C (75°F) 24°C (75°F) Setting temperature is not showed. Mode SMART HEAT COOL DRY FAN Initial Fan Speed AUTO LOW HI AUTO LOW FAN SPEED Button: Fan speed selection Press the FAN SPEED button. For each press, the fan speed changes as follows The air conditioner fan will run according to the displayed fan speed. When the FAN is set to AUTO, the air conditioner automatically adjusts the fan speed according to room temperature. TEMP. +/- Buttons Temp+ Every time the button is pressed, the temperature setting increases. Temp- Every time the button is pressed, the temperature setting decreases. The operating temperature range is 60°F -86°F (16°C-30°C). Quadrant Control (Available for some models): This setting allows the vertical airflow to be adjusted individually on each side of the unit. (1) Initial default positions. SMART HEAT COOL DRY FAN Selected Quadrant Show all Show all Show all Show all Show all Vertical SWING Angle Position 3 Position 5 Position 3 Position 3 Position 3 Press the Quadrant Control button to select the quadrant. Each button press will select as shown bellow Once desired quadrant is selected then use the Vertical Swing button to set the direction of airflow. See section 9. Vertical SWING Button Air Flow Direction Adjustment Press the SWING UP/DOWN button to choose the position of the vertical airflow louvers. Status display of airflow COOL/DRY Horizontal SWING Button Press the SWING LEFT/DOWN button to choose the position of the horizontal airflow louvers. Status display of airflow COOL/DRY/HEAT HEALTH AIRFLOW (Available for some models) The Health Airflow function will stir the air in the room. Press the “HEALTH AIRFLOW” button to show the icon on the LCD display. The Quadrant icon will cycle to each quadrant. The horizontal swing default oscillates. It can be adjusted with each press of the Horizontal SWING Button between narrow, mid, wide and left to right.  The vertical swing is not adjustable. Fan speed default is variable. It can be adjusted by pressing FAN SPEED Button between low, medium, and high. REMOVE IMAGES Sleep Operation Mode: SLEEP mode during COOL, DRY modes One hour after SLEEP mode starts, the temperature will rise 2°F .above the set temperature, and after another hour, the temperature rises an additional 2°F. The unit will run for an additional six hours, then turn off. The final temperature is 4°F higher than the initial set temperature. Using this feature will help with achieving maximum efficiency and comfort from your unit while you sleep. SLEEP mode during HEAT mode One hour after SLEEP mode starts, the temperature will decrease 4°F below the set temperature, after another hour, the temperature will decrease an additional 4°F. After an additional three hours, the temperature will rise by 2°F. The unit will run for an additional three hours, then turn off. The final temperature is 6°F lower than the initial set temperature. Using this feature will help with achieving maximum efficiency and comfort from your unit while you sleep. In SMART mode The unit operates in the corresponding sleep mode adapted to the automatically selected operation mode. Note: When the TIMER ON function is set, the sleeping function cannot be set. If the sleeping function has been set, and the user sets the TIMER ON function, the sleeping function will be canceled, and the unit will be set to the timer function.  HEALTH During power-on or power-OFF, press the “HEALTH” button to display an icon on the LCD display, and press the “HEALTH” button again to cancel. During power-OFF, press the “HEALTH” button to enter Fan mode, start low wind and HEALTH function, and display the icon. Switch among modes, and keep the HEALTH function. If the HEALTH function is set, power OFF and then on to stay in HEALTH mode. The EALTH function is not available for some units. ECO Press the ECO button and the display will show.  ECO is valid under all modes, it is memorized among switches of all modes. ECO function power-on or power-OFF is memorized. The ECO function is not available for some units. Turbo/Quiet The TURBO function is used for fast heating or cooling. Press the TURBO button, the remote control will display the TURBO, and switch the fan to SUPER high. Press the TURBO button again to cancel the function. Press the QUIET button, the remote control will display the QUIET and switch the fan to BREEZE. Press the QUIET button again to cancel the function. Note TURBO/QUIET modes are only available when the unit is in cooling or heating mode (not for smart or dry mode). Running the unit in QUIET mode for a long period of time may cause the room temperature to not reach the set temperature. If this occurs, cancel QUIET mode, and set the fan speed to a higher setting. Requires optional motion sensor part Smart Focal Point (EFP) will operate the unit at a set point only when the room is occupied. Evade/Follow When the iFP sensor is installed the airflow can be set to follow occupants or evade them. FRESH The FRESH function is valid under the state of ON or OFF. When the air conditioner is OFF, press the “FRESH” button, the display icon on the LCD display to enter Fan mode and low speed. Press the “FRESH” button again, this function is canceled. After the FRESH function is set, ON or OFF functions are kept. After the FRESH function is set, the mode switch function is kept. RESH function is not available for some units. 18. °C/°F function Press “MENU/°F” to toggle between [set temp]°F; [set temp]°C; and 10°C/50°F Low-Temperature Heating mode. Low Temperature Heating is only available when set to HEAT. When set to Low-Temperature Heating, the set point is dropped to a minimum temperature to prevent damage from freezing temperatures. HEATER When HEAT mode is chosen and is displayed on the LCD display, pressing the “HEATER” button can cancel and set the HEATER function. Auto mode will not start the HEATER function automatically but can set or cancel the HEATER function.  The HEATER function is not available for some units. Timer ON-OFF Operation Start the unit and select the desired operating mode. Press the TIMER OFF button to enter TIMER OFF mode. The remote control will start flashing “OFF”, adjusting time with the”+/-” button. once the desired timer is selected for the unit to turn off, press the CONFIRM button to confirm this setting. Cancel TIMER OFF setting: With a TIMER OFF set, press the CANCEL button once to cancel the TIMER OFF. Note Holding the “+/-“button down will rapidly adjust the time. After replacing batteries or a power failure occurs, the time setting will need to be reset. According to the Time setting sequence of TIMER ON or TIMER OFF, either Start-Stop or Stop-Start can be achieved. 21. Button +/-: “+” Every time the button is pressed,the time increases 1 minute. “-” Every time the button is pressed, the time decreases by 1 minute. Holding the “+” or “-” button down will rapidly adjust the time. Clock Press the “Clock” button, and “AM” or “PM” will flash when the remote is in clock set mode. Use “+/-“ it set mode Use “closed mode. Use M. to adjust the clock and then press “CONFIRM” to exit set mode.  LIGHT Turns indoor unit display on and off. RESET If the remote control is not functioning properly, use a pen point or similar object to depress this button to reset the remote.  LOCK Used to lock buttons and LCD display. CODE: Function reserved. INQUIRE Function reserved [...]<p><a class="btn btn-secondary understrap-read-more-link" href="https://usemanuals.com/haier/hbs01-ac-remote/">Read More...</a></p>]]></description>
										<content:encoded><![CDATA[<h4></h4>
<h4>Haier HBS01 AC Remote Control Operating Manual</h4>
<p><img decoding="async" src="https://usemanuals.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/Haier-HBS01-AC-Remote-Control-PRODUCT.webp" /></p>
<h4>External View of Remote Controller</h4>
<p><img decoding="async" src="https://usemanuals.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/Haier-HBS01-AC-Remote-Control-FIG-1.webp" /></p>
<h4>Loading of the battery</h4>
<p><img decoding="async" src="https://usemanuals.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/Haier-HBS01-AC-Remote-Control-FIG-2.webp" /></p>
<ol>
<li>Remove the battery cover;</li>
<li>Insert AAA batteries (included) loading is in line with the “+”/ “-”;</li>
<li>Replace cover<img decoding="async" src="https://usemanuals.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/Haier-HBS01-AC-Remote-Control-FIG-3.webp" /></li>
</ol>
<h4>Functional description</h4>
<ol>
<li>Power-up and Show All: After inserting the batteries the display will show all symbols for 3 seconds. The remote will then enter clock set mode. Use “+/-“ to adjust the clock. Press “Confirm” when done. If no action is taken within 10 seconds then the remote will exit set mode. See section 22 for clock setting instructions.</li>
<li>ON/OFF Button: Press the ON/OFF button on the remote control to start the unit.</li>
<li>SMART Button:
<ol>
<li> In SMART mode the air conditioner will automatically switch between Cool, Heat, or Fan to maintain the set temperature.</li>
<li> When the fan is set to AUTO the air conditioner automatically adjusts the fan speed according to room temperature.</li>
<li> The SMART button also works to power the unit on and off.</li>
</ol>
</li>
<li>COOL Button, HEAT Button, and DRY Button
<ol>
<li> In COOL mode, the unit operates in cooling. When the FAN is set to AUTO, the air conditioner automatically adjusts the fan speed according to room temperature. COOL will be displayed during COOL mode.</li>
<li> In HEAT mode, warm air will blow out after a short period of time due to the cold-air prevention function. When the FAN is set to AUTO, the air conditioner automatically adjusts the fan speed according to room temperature. HEAT will be displayed during HEAT mode.</li>
<li> DRY mode is used to reduce humidity. In DRY mode, when room temperature becomes lower than temp. setting+2°F, the unit will run intermittently at LOW speed regardless of the FAN setting. DRY will be displayed during DRY mode.<br />
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td width="91">Mode</td>
<td width="42">SMART</td>
<td width="42">HEAT</td>
<td width="42">COOL</td>
<td width="42">DRY</td>
<td width="101">FAN</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="91">Initial TEMP.</td>
<td width="42">24°C (75°F)</td>
<td width="42">24°C (75°F)</td>
<td width="42">24°C (75°F)</td>
<td width="42">24°C (75°F)</td>
<td width="101">Setting temperature is not showed.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="91">Mode</td>
<td width="42">SMART</td>
<td width="42">HEAT</td>
<td width="42">COOL</td>
<td width="42">DRY</td>
<td width="101">FAN</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="91">Initial Fan Speed</td>
<td width="42">AUTO</td>
<td width="42">LOW</td>
<td width="42">HI</td>
<td width="42">AUTO</td>
<td width="101">LOW</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
</li>
</ol>
</li>
<li>FAN SPEED Button: Fan speed selection
<ul>
<li>Press the FAN SPEED button. For each press, the fan speed changes as follows<img decoding="async" src="https://usemanuals.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/Haier-HBS01-AC-Remote-Control-FIG-4.webp" /></li>
</ul>
</li>
</ol>
<p>The air conditioner fan will run according to the displayed fan speed. When the FAN is set to AUTO, the air conditioner automatically adjusts the fan speed according to room temperature.</p>
<h4>TEMP. +/- Buttons</h4>
<ul>
<li>Temp+ Every time the button is pressed, the temperature setting increases.</li>
<li>Temp- Every time the button is pressed, the temperature setting decreases.</li>
<li>The operating temperature range is 60°F -86°F (16°C-30°C).</li>
</ul>
<p><strong>Quadrant Control</strong><br />
(Available for some models):<img decoding="async" src="https://usemanuals.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/Haier-HBS01-AC-Remote-Control-FIG-5.webp" /></p>
<ol>
<li>This setting allows the vertical airflow to be adjusted individually on each side of the unit. (1) Initial default positions.<br />
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td width="74"></td>
<td width="57">SMART</td>
<td width="57">HEAT</td>
<td width="57">COOL</td>
<td width="57">DRY</td>
<td width="57">FAN</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="74">Selected Quadrant</td>
<td width="57">Show all</td>
<td width="57">Show all</td>
<td width="57">Show all</td>
<td width="57">Show all</td>
<td width="57">Show all</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="74">Vertical SWING Angle</td>
<td width="57">Position 3</td>
<td width="57">Position 5</td>
<td width="57">Position 3</td>
<td width="57">Position 3</td>
<td width="57">Position 3</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
</li>
<li>Press the Quadrant Control button to select the quadrant. Each button press will select as shown bellow<img decoding="async" src="https://usemanuals.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/Haier-HBS01-AC-Remote-Control-FIG-6.webp" /></li>
<li>Once desired quadrant is selected then use the Vertical Swing button to set the direction of airflow. See section 9.</li>
</ol>
<h4>Vertical SWING Button</h4>
<p><strong>Air Flow Direction Adjustment</strong><br />
Press the SWING UP/DOWN button to choose the position of the vertical airflow louvers.</p>
<p><img decoding="async" src="https://usemanuals.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/Haier-HBS01-AC-Remote-Control-FIG-8.webp" /></p>
<p><strong>Status display of airflow COOL/DRY</strong></p>
<p><strong>Horizontal SWING Button</strong><br />
Press the SWING LEFT/DOWN button to choose the position of the horizontal airflow louvers.</p>
<p><strong>Status display of airflow COOL/DRY/HEAT</strong></p>
<p><img decoding="async" src="https://usemanuals.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/Haier-HBS01-AC-Remote-Control-FIG-9.webp" /></p>
<p><strong>HEALTH AIRFLOW (Available for some models)</strong><br />
The Health Airflow function will stir the air in the room.</p>
<ol>
<li>Press the “HEALTH AIRFLOW” button to show the icon on the LCD display.</li>
<li>The Quadrant icon will cycle to each quadrant.</li>
<li>The horizontal swing default oscillates. It can be adjusted with each press of the Horizontal SWING Button between narrow, mid, wide and left to right.</li>
<li> The vertical swing is not adjustable.</li>
<li>Fan speed default is variable. It can be adjusted by pressing FAN SPEED Button between low, medium, and high.</li>
</ol>
<h4>REMOVE IMAGES</h4>
<p>Sleep Operation Mode:</p>
<ol>
<li><strong>SLEEP mode during COOL, DRY modes</strong><br />
One hour after SLEEP mode starts, the temperature will rise 2°F .above the set temperature, and after another hour, the temperature rises an additional 2°F. The unit will run for an additional six hours, then turn off. The final temperature is 4°F higher than the initial set temperature. Using this feature will help with achieving maximum efficiency and comfort from your unit while you sleep.</li>
<li><strong>SLEEP mode during HEAT mode</strong><br />
One hour after SLEEP mode starts, the temperature will decrease 4°F below the set temperature, after another hour, the temperature will decrease an additional 4°F. After an additional three hours, the temperature will rise by 2°F. The unit will run for an additional three hours, then turn off. The final temperature is 6°F lower than the initial set temperature. Using this feature will help with achieving maximum efficiency and comfort from your unit while you sleep.</li>
<li><strong>In SMART mode</strong><br />
The unit operates in the corresponding sleep mode adapted to the automatically selected operation mode.<br />
<strong>Note:</strong><br />
When the TIMER ON function is set, the sleeping function cannot be set. If the sleeping function has been set, and the user sets the TIMER ON function, the sleeping function will be canceled, and the unit will be set to the timer function.</li>
</ol>
<p><strong> HEALTH</strong></p>
<ol>
<li>During power-on or power-OFF, press the “HEALTH” button <img decoding="async" src="https://usemanuals.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/Haier-HBS01-AC-Remote-Control-FIG-10.webp" />to display an icon on the LCD display, and press the “HEALTH” button again to cancel.</li>
<li>During power-OFF, press the “HEALTH” button to enter Fan mode, start low wind and HEALTH function, and display the icon<img decoding="async" src="https://usemanuals.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/Haier-HBS01-AC-Remote-Control-FIG-10-1.webp" />.</li>
<li>Switch among modes, and keep the HEALTH function.</li>
<li>If the HEALTH function is set, power OFF and then on to stay in HEALTH mode.</li>
<li>The EALTH function is not available for some units.</li>
</ol>
<p><strong>ECO</strong></p>
<ol>
<li>Press the ECO button and the display will show.<img decoding="async" src="https://usemanuals.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/Haier-HBS01-AC-Remote-Control-FIG-11.webp" /></li>
<li> ECO is valid under all modes, it is memorized among switches of all modes.</li>
<li>ECO function power-on or power-OFF is memorized.</li>
<li>The ECO function is not available for some units.</li>
</ol>
<p><strong>Turbo/Quiet<img decoding="async" src="https://usemanuals.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/Haier-HBS01-AC-Remote-Control-FIG-7.webp" /></strong><br />
The TURBO function is used for fast heating or cooling. Press the TURBO button, the remote control will display the TURBO, and switch the fan to SUPER high. Press the TURBO button again to cancel the function.<br />
Press the QUIET button, the remote control will display the QUIET and switch the fan to BREEZE. Press the QUIET button again to cancel the function.</p>
<p><strong>Note</strong><br />
TURBO/QUIET modes are only available when the unit is in cooling or heating mode (not for smart or dry mode). Running the unit in QUIET mode for a long period of time may cause the room temperature to not reach the set temperature. If this occurs, cancel QUIET mode, and set the fan speed to a higher setting.</p>
<h4>Requires optional motion sensor part</h4>
<p>Smart Focal Point (EFP) will operate the unit at a set point only when the room is occupied.</p>
<p><strong>Evade/Follow</strong><br />
<img decoding="async" src="https://usemanuals.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/Haier-HBS01-AC-Remote-Control-FIG-7.webp" />When the iFP sensor is installed the airflow can be set to follow occupants or evade them.</p>
<p><strong>FRESH</strong></p>
<ol>
<li>The FRESH function is valid under the state of ON or OFF. When the air conditioner is OFF, press the “FRESH” button, the display icon on the LCD display to enter Fan mode and low speed. Press the “FRESH” button again, this function is canceled.</li>
<li>After the FRESH function is set, ON or OFF functions are kept.</li>
<li>After the FRESH function is set, the mode switch function is kept.</li>
<li>RESH function is not available for some units. 18. °C/°F function</li>
<li>Press “MENU/°F” to toggle between [set temp]°F; [set temp]°C; and 10°C/50°F Low-Temperature Heating mode. Low Temperature</li>
<li>Heating is only available when set to HEAT. When set to Low-Temperature Heating, the set point is dropped to a minimum temperature to prevent damage from freezing temperatures.</li>
</ol>
<p><strong>HEATER</strong></p>
<ol>
<li>When HEAT mode is chosen and is displayed on the LCD display, pressing the “HEATER” button can cancel and set the HEATER function.</li>
<li>Auto mode will not start the HEATER function automatically but can set or cancel the HEATER function.</li>
<li> The HEATER function is not available for some units.</li>
</ol>
<h4><strong>Timer</strong></h4>
<p><strong>ON-OFF Operation</strong></p>
<ol>
<li>Start the unit and select the desired operating mode.</li>
<li>Press the TIMER OFF button to enter TIMER OFF mode.</li>
<li>The remote control will start flashing “OFF”, adjusting time with the”+/-” button.</li>
<li>once the desired timer is selected for the unit to turn off, press the CONFIRM button to confirm this setting. Cancel</li>
<li>TIMER OFF setting: With a TIMER OFF set, press the CANCEL button once to cancel the TIMER OFF.</li>
</ol>
<p><strong>Note</strong><br />
Holding the “+/-“button down will rapidly adjust the time. After replacing batteries or a power failure occurs, the time setting will need to be reset. According to the Time setting sequence of TIMER ON or TIMER OFF, either Start-Stop or Stop-Start can be achieved. 21. Button +/-: “+” Every time the button is pressed,the time increases 1 minute. “-” Every time the button is pressed, the time decreases by 1 minute. Holding the “+” or “-” button down will rapidly adjust the time.</p>
<p><strong>Clock</strong><br />
Press the “Clock” button, and “AM” or “PM” will flash when the remote is in clock set mode. Use “+/-“ it set mode Use “closed mode. Use M. to adjust the clock and then press “CONFIRM” to exit set mode.</p>
<p><strong> LIGHT</strong><br />
Turns indoor unit display on and off.</p>
<p><strong>RESET</strong><br />
If the remote control is not functioning properly, use a pen point or similar object to depress this button to reset the remote.</p>
<p><strong> LOCK</strong></p>
<ul>
<li>Used to lock buttons and LCD display.</li>
<li>CODE: Function reserved.</li>
<li>INQUIRE Function reserved</li>
</ul>
<form id="commentform" class="comment-form" action="https://manuals.plus/wp-comments-post.php" method="post" novalidate="">
<p class="form-submit">
</form>
]]></content:encoded>
					
		
		
			</item>
		<item>
		<title>Haier Refrigerator HTF-508DGS7 Manual</title>
		<link>https://usemanuals.com/haier/refrigerator-htf-508dgs7/</link>
		
		<dc:creator><![CDATA[ItsManual]]></dc:creator>
		<pubDate>Mon, 31 Jul 2023 09:11:02 +0000</pubDate>
				<category><![CDATA[Haier]]></category>
		<guid isPermaLink="false">https://usemanuals.com/?p=180864</guid>

					<description><![CDATA[Refrigerator View Fullscreen HTF-508DGS7 Refrigerator User Guide EN Kühlschrank Bedienungsanleitung DE Réfrigérateur Mode d`emploi FR Frigorifero Guida per l`utente IT Frigorífico Manual del usuario ES Frigorífico Guia do Utilizador PT Koelvriescombinatie Handleiding NL Lodówka Podrcznik uytkownika PL Chladnicka Uzivatelská pírucka CZ Htszekrény Felhasználói útmutató HU EL BG Safety information EN EN WARNING:Risk of fire/flammable material. The symbol indicates there is a risk of fire since flammable materials are used. Take care to avoid causing a fire by ingiting flammable material. DE WARNUNG:Brandgefahr/ brennbares Material. Das Symbol weist auf Brandgefahr hin, da brennbare Materialien verwendet werden. Verhindern Sie die Entstehung von Bränden, die durch entflammbare Materialien verursacht werden. FR ATTENTION: Risque d’incendie ou de mati ères inflammables. Le symbole montre qu’il y’a le risque de maté riaux inflammables sont utilisés. Prendre soin d’éviter de provoquer un incendie en ingérant des matières inflammables. IT ATTENZIONE: Rischio di incendio/materiale infiammabile. Il simbolo indica il rischio di incendio nel caso di utilizzo di materiali infiammabili. Fare attenzione ed evitare l`insorgere di incendi a causa della caombustione di materiali infiammabili. ES ADVERTENCIA: Riesgo de incendio o mate rial inflamable. El símbolo indica que existe riesgo de incen dio, dado que se utilizan materiales inflamables. Se debe procurar evitar incendios medi ante la combustión de materiales inflamables. PT ADVERTÊNCIA:Risco de incêndio/material inflamável. O símbolo indica que existe um risco de incêndio uma vez que são usados materiais inflamáveis. Ter cuidado para evitar provocar um incêndio por acender material inflamável. NL WAARSCHUWING: Brandrisico / brandbaar materiaal. Het systeem geeft aan dat er een brandrisico bestaat aangezien brandbaar materiaal wordt gebruikt. Zorg ervoor dat er geen brand wordt veroozaakt door brandbaat materiaal te ont steken. PL OSTRZEENIE:Ryzyko poaru/material latwopalny. Symbol wskazuje, e istnieje ryzyko poaru, poniewa uywane s materialy latwopalne. Dbaj o to, aby unikn poaru poprzez zapale nie latwopalnego materialu. CZ VAROVÁNÍ: Nebezpecí Pozáru/ Holavého Materiálu. Symbol oznacuje riziko pozáru, protoze byly pouzity holavé materiály. Dbejte na to, aby nedoslo ke vzniku pozáru zapálením holavého materiálu. 2 EN Safety information HU FIGYELEM: Tz / gyúlékony anyag veszélye. A szimbólum azt jelzi, hogy tzveszély áll fenn, mivel gyúlékony anyagokat használnak. Ügyel jen arra, hogy ne tegyen rá tzveszélyes gyú lékony anyagot. EL : / . . . BG : / . , , . . 3 User Manual Refrigerator-Freezer HTF-508DGS7 EN Thank You EN Thank you for purchasing a Haier Product. Please read these instructions carefully before using this appliance. The instructions contain important information which will help you get the best out of the appliance and ensure safe and proper installation, use and maintenance. Keep this manual in a convenient place so you can always refer to it for the safe and proper use of the appliance. If you sell the appliance, give it away, or leave it behind when you move house, make sure you also pass this manual so that the new owner can become familiar with the appliance and safety warnings. Legend Warning ­ Important Safety information General information and tips Environmental information Disposal Help protect the environment and human health. Put the packaging in applicable containers to recycle it. Help to recycle waste of electrical and electronic appliances. Do not dispose appliances marked with this symbol with the household waste. Return the product to your local recycling facility or contact your municipal office. WARNING! Risk of injury or suffocation! Refrigerants and gases must be disposed of professionally. Ensure that the tubing of the refrigerant circuit is not damaged before being properly disposed of. Disconnect the appliance from the mains supply. Cut off the mains cable and dispose of it. Remove the trays and drawers as well as the door catch and seals, to prevent children and pets to get closed in the appliance. Old appliances still have some residual value. An environmentally friendly method of disposal will ensure that valuable raw materials can be recovered and used again. Cyclopentane, a flammable substance not harmful to ozone, is used as an expander for the insulationg foam. By ensuring this product is disposed of corectly, you will help prevent potential negative consequences for the environment and human health, which could otherwise be caused. For more detailed information about recycling of this product, please contact your local council, your household waste disposal service or the shop where you purchased the product, handled by the professionals. 2 EN Content Safety information …………………………………………………………………………………………………………… 4 Intended use……………………………………………………………………………………………………………………12 Product description………………………………………………………………………………………………………..13 Control panel…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………..14 Use …………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………..15 Equipment ………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………24 Care and cleaning……………………………………………………………………………………………………………26 Troubleshooting ……………………………………………………………………………………………………………..28 Installation ……………………………………………………………………………………………………………………….31 Technical data …………………………………………………………………………………………………………………34 Customer service……………………………………………………………………………………………………………36 Accessories Check the accessories and literature in accordance with this list: Ice maker with 2 Egg trays ice scoop 3 spacers Energy- Warranty User label card manual 3 Safety information EN WARNING! Before first use Make sure there is no transport damage. Remove all packaging and keep out of children´s reach. Wait at least two hours (six hours for upright freezer) before in- stalling the appliance in order to ensure the refrigerant circuit is fully efficient. Handle the appliance always with at least two persons because it is heavy. Installation The appliance should be placed in a well-ventilated place. Ensure a space of at least 10 cm above and around the appliance. WARNING: Keep ventilation openings, in the appliance enclosure or in the built-in structure, clear of obstruction. Never place the appliance in a damp area or location where it might be splashed with water. Clean and dry water splashes and stains with a soft clean cloth. Do not install the appliance in direct sunlight or in the near of heat sources(e.g. stoves, heaters). Install and level the appliance in an area suitable for its size and use. Make sure that the electrical information on the rating plate agrees with the power supply. If it does not, contact an electrician. The appliance is operated by a 220-240 VAC/50 Hz power supply. Abnormal voltage fluctuation may cause the appliance to fail to start, or damage to the temperature control or compressor, or there may be an abnormal noise when operating. In such case, an automatic regulator shall be mounted. Do not use multi- plug adapters and extension cables. WARNING: Do not locate multiple portable socket-outlets or portable power supplies at the rear of the appliance. WARNING: When positioning the appliance, ensure the supply cord is not trapped or damaged. Do not step on the power cable. 4 EN Safety information WARNING! Use a separate earthed socket for the power supply which is easy accessible. The appliance must be earthed. Only for UK: The appliance´s power cable is fitted with 3-cord (grounding) plug that fits a standard 3-cord (grounded) socket. Never cut off or dismount the third pin (grounding). After the appliance is installed, the plug should be accessible. WARNING: Do not damage the refrigerant circuit. Daily use This appliance can be used by children aged from 8 years and above and persons with reduced physical, sensory or mental capabilities or lack of experience and knowledge if they have been given supervision or instruction concerning use of the appliance in a safe way and understand the hazards involved. Children shall not play with the appliance. Children aged from 3 to 8 years are allowed to load and unload refrigerating appliances, but not allowed to clean and install the refrigerating appliances. Keep away children under 3 years of age from the appliance unless they are constantly supervised. Cleaning and user maintenance shall not be made by children without supervision. The appliance must be positioned so that the plug is accessible If coal gas or other inflammable gas is leaking into vicinity of the appliance, turn off the valve of the leaking gas, open the doors and windows and do not unplug the power cable of the refrigerator/freezer or any other appliance. Notice that the appliance is set for operation at the specific ambient range between 10 and 43°C. The appliance may not work properly if it is left for a long period at a temperature above or below the indicated range. Do not place unstable articles (heavy objects, containers filled with water) on top of the refrigerator/freezer, to avoid personal injury caused by falling or electric shock caused by contact with water. Do not pull on the door shelves. The door may be pulled slant, the bottle rack may be pulled away, or the appliance may topple. 5 Safety information EN WARNING! Open and close the door only with the handles. The gap between the door and the cabinet is very narrow. Do not put your hands in these areas to avoid pinching your fingers. Open or close the refrigerator/freezer doors only when there are no children standing within the range of door movement. Never store bottled beer or beverages, liquids in bottles or cans (besides high percentage spirits) especially carbonated beverages in the freezer, as these will burst during freezing. Do not store explosive substances such as aerosol cans with a flammable propellant in this appliance. Do not store medicines, bacteria or chemical agents in the appliance. This appliance is a household appliance. It is not recommended to store materials that require strict temperatures. Check the condition of food if a warming in the freezer has taken place. Do not set unnecessarily low temperature in the refrigerator compartment. Minus temperatures may occur at high settings. Attention: Bottles can burst Do not touch frozen goods with wet hands (wear gloves). Especially do not eat ice lollies immediately after removal from the freezer compartment. There is the risk to freeze or the formation of frost blisters. FIRST aid: keep immediately under running cold water. Do not pull away! Do not touch the inside surface of the freezer storage compartment when in operation, especially with wet hands, as your hands may freeze onto the surface. Unplug the appliance in the event of a power interruption or before cleaning. Allow at least 7 minutes before restarting the appliance, as frequent starting may damage the compressor. WARNING: Do not use electrical appliances inside the food storage compartments of the appliance, unless they are of the type recommended by the manufacturer. 6 EN Safety Tips WARNING! Maintenance / cleaning Make sure children are supervised if they carry out cleaning and maintenance. Disconnect the appliance from the electrical supply before un- dertaking any routine maintenance. Allow at least 7 minutes before restarting the appliance, as frequent starting may damage the compressor. Hold the plug, not the cable, when unplugging the appliance. Do not clean the appliance with hard brushes, wire brushes, detergent powder, petrol, amyl acetate, acetone and similar organic solutions, acid or alkaline solutions. Please clean with special refrigerator/freezer detergent to avoid damage. Eventually use warm water and baking soda solution – about a tablespoon of baking soda to a litre/quart of water. Rinse thoroughly with water and wipe dry. Do not use cleaning powders or other abrasive cleaners. Do not wash removable parts in a dishwasher. Do not scrape off frost and ice with sharp objects. Do not use sprays, electric heaters like heater, hair dryer, steam cleaners or other sources of heat in order to avoid damage to the plastic parts. WARNING: Do not use mechanical devices or other means to accelerate the defrosting process, other than those recommended by the manufacturer. If the supply cord is damaged, it must be replaced by the manufacturer, its service agent or similarly qualified persons in order to avoid a hazard. Do not try to repair, disassemble or modify the appliance by yourself. In case of repair please contact our customer service. If the illuminating lamps are damaged, it must be replaced by the manufacturer, its service agent or similarly qualified persons in order to avoid a hazard. Eliminate the dust on the back of the unit at least once in the year to avoid hazard by fire, as well as increased energy consumption. 7 Safety Tips EN Do not spray or flush the appliance during cleaning. Do not use water spray or steam to clean the appliance. Do not clean the cold glass shelves or glass door with hot water. Sudden temperature change may cause the glass to break. If you leave your appliance out of use for an extended period, leave it open to prevent odour and unpleasant smells building up inside. Refrigerant gass information WARNING! The appliance contains the flammable refrigerant ISOBUTANE (R600a). Make sure the refrigerant circuit is not damaged during transportation or installation. Leaking refrigerant may cause eye injuries or ignite. If a damage has occurred, keep away open fire sources, thoroughly ventilate the room, do not plug or unplug the power cords of the appliance or any other appliance. Inform the customer service. In case of eyes get into contact with the refrigerant, rinse it immediately under running water and call immediately the eye specialist. WARNING: The refrigeration system is under high pressure. Do not tamper with it. Since the flammable refrigerants are used, please, install, handle and service the appliance strictly according to the instruction and contact the professional agent or our after-sales service to dispose of the appliance. WARNING! For refrigerators with ice-water function, please pay attention to the following warning: For appliances not intended to be connected to the water supply: WARNING: fill with potable water only. For appliances intended to be connected to the water supply: WARNING: connect to potable water supply only. If you want to clean the water system, please refer to the User Manual. If you have any questions, please contact the after-sales service. 8 EN Safety Tips Intended use This appliance is intended to be used in household and similar applications such as – staff kitchen areas in shops, offices and other working environments; – farm houses and by clients in hotels, motels and other residential type environments; – bed and breakfast type environments; – catering and similar non-retail applications. If the appliance is not used for an extended period of time, and you will use only the Holiday-function or the fridge off function for the refrigerator/freezer: – Take out the food. – Unplug the power cord. – Empty and clean the water tank. – Clean the appliance as described above. – Keep the doors open to prevent the creation of bad odours in- side. To ensure the safe preservation of foodstuffs or wine, please comply with this instruction to use. The appliance should be cleaned at least once every four weeks for good maintenance and to prevent stored food odours. Always keep the door gasket clean. (1.) Please scrub the interior and exterior of the refrigerator, in- cluding door gasket, door rack, glass shelves, boxes and so on, with a soft towel or sponge dipped in warm water (neutral detergent can be added). (2.) If liquids are accidentally spilled, all contaminated components should be removed and placed under the running water. After washing, wipe and dry. (3.) If there is spilled cream (such as the cream, melting ice cream), please remove all the contaminated parts, put them into the warm water at about 40 °C for a while, then rinse with the flow water, dry and place it back into the refrigerator/freezer. (4.) In case some small part or component enters inside of the fridge (between the shelves or drawers), use small soft brush to release it. If you could not reach the part, please contact Haier service. 9 Safety Tips EN To avoid contamination of food, please respect the following instructions: – Opening the door for long periods can cause a significant increase of the temperature in the compartments of the appliance. – Clean regularly surfaces that can come in contact with food and accessible drainage systems. – Clean water tanks if they have not been used for 48 h; flush the water system connected to a water supply if water has not been drawn for 5 days. – Store raw meat and fish in suitable containers in the refrigerator/freezer, so that it is not in contact with or drip onto other food. To ensure the safe preservation of foodstuffs, instant food and raw meat / fish shall be stored separately. – Two-star frozen-food compartments are suitable for storing pre-frozen food, storing or making ice cream and making ice cubes. – One-, two- and three-star compartments are not suitable for the freezing of fresh food. – If the refrigerating appliance is left empty for long periods, switch off, defrost, clean, dry, and leave the door open to prevent mould developing within the appliance. The details on the most appropriate part in the compartment of the appliance where specific types of food shall be stored, considering the distribution of temperature that can be present in the different compartments of the appliance are in the other part of the manual. 10 EN Safety Tips Disposal The symbol on the product or on its packaging indicates that this product may not be treated as household waste. Instead it shall be handed over to the applicable collection point for the recycling of electrical and electronic equipment. By ensuring this product is disposed of correctly, you will help prevent potential negative consequences for the environment and human health, which could otherwise be caused by inappropriate waste handling of this product. For more detailed information about recycling of this product, please contact your local city office, your household waste disposal service or the shop where you purchased the product. Since the flammable insulation blowing gases are used, please contact the professional agent or our after-sale service to dispose of the appliance. WARNING! Risk of injury of suffocation! Refrigerants and gases must be disposed of professionally. Ensure that the tubing of the refrigerant circuit is not damaged before being properly disposed of. Disconnect the appliance from the mains supply. Cut off the mains cable and dispose of it. Remove the trays and drawers as well as the door catch and seals to prevent children and pets to get closed in the appliance. 11 Intended use EN CAUTION! 1. When you close the door, the vertical door strip on the left door should be bent inside (1). 2. If you try to close the left door and the vertical door strip is unbent (2), you should bend it firstly, other- wise the door strip will hit the fixing shaft or right door. Thus a damage to the door slip or a leak will occur. There is a heating thread inside the frame. The temperature of the surface will rise a little, which is normal and won´t affect the function of appliance. Intended use This appliance is intended for cooling and freezing food. It has been designed exclusively for use in household and similar applications such as staff kitchen areas in shops, offices and other working environments; farm houses and by clients in hotels, motels and other residential type environments as well as in bed-and-breakfast and catering business. It is not intended for commercial or industrial use. Changes or modifications to the device are not allowed. Unintended use may cause hazards and loss of warranty claims. Standards and directives This product meets the requirements of all applicable EC directives with the corresponding harmonised standards, which provide for CE marking. 12 EN Product description Notice Due to technical changes and different models, some of the illustrations in this manual may differ from your model. A: Refrigerator compartment 1 Rating plate 2 Back lamp 3 Glass shelf 4 Wine rack 5 Turning cover of Fruit and vegetable drawer 6 Fruit and vegetable drawer 7 Panel of Humidity box 8 Humidity Box 9 Door rack D: Chill compartment 10 Panel of MyZone drawer 11 Air duct 12 MyZone drawer B: Freezer compartment 14 Freezer compartment LED lamp 15 Ice maker 16 Freezing tray 17 Air duct 18 Freezer box C: My Zone compartment (Two star) 13 My Zone compartment LED lamp 19 Tray 20 Air duct 21 My Zone box 22 Lamp switch 23 Adjustable feet 13 Control panel EN Control panel Buttons: A Fridge selector B My zone selector C Freezer selector D Auto Set mode and holiday function selector E Super-Cool selector F Super-Freeze selector G Panel lock selector Indicators: a Temperature fridge b1 Quick cool function b2 Temperature My Zone c Temperature Freezer d1 Holiday function d2 Auto Set function e Super-Cool function f Super-Freeze function g Panel lock Before first use Remove all packaging materials, keep them out of children`s reach and dispose them in an environmentally friendly manner. Clean the inside and outside of the appliance with water and a mild detergent before putting any food in it. After the appliance has been levelled and cleaned, wait for at least 2-5 hours before connecting it to the power supply. See Section INSTALLATION. Precool the compartments at high settings before loading with food. The function Power- Freeze helps to cool down the freezer compartment quickly. The refrigerator temperature and freezer temperature are automatically set to 5° C and -18° C respectively. These are the recommended settings. If desired, you can change these temperatures manually. Please see ADJUST THE TEMPERATURE. 14 EN Use Sensor keys The buttons on the control panel are sensor keys, which already respond when lightly touched with the finger. Switch on /off the applianc The appliance is in operation as soon as it is connected to the power supply. When the appliance is powered on for the first time, the actual refrigerator and freezer temperatures are displayed. The display will flash. If the doors are closed it will switch off after 30 seconds. Maybe the panel lock is active. Notice The appliance is preset to the recommended temperature of 5°C (refrigerator) and – 18°C (freezer). Under normal ambient condition you need not to set a temperature. When the appliance is switched on after disconnection from the main power supply, it may take up to 12 hours for the correct temperatures to be reached. Empty the appliance before switching off. To switch off the appliance, pull the power cord out of the power socket. Lock/unlock panel Notice The control panel is automatically blocked against activation if the doors are closed and 30 seconds no button is pressed. For any settings the control panel must be unlocked. Touch button “G” for 3 seconds to block all panel elements against activation. The buzzer alarms and the related indicator “g” is now displayed; the lightening of the panel is switched off. The icon flashes if a button will be pressed, when the panel lock is activated. The change is not running. For unlocking press again the button. Standby-mode The display screen turns off automatically 30 seconds after pressing a key. The display will be automatically locked. It lights up automatically when pressing any key or opening any door (Alarm does not light up the display screen). 15 Use EN Select the working mode You may need to select one of the following two ways to set the appliance: 1) Auto Set mode Under Auto Set mode, the appliance can automatically adjust the temperature setting according to the ambient temperature and temperature change in the appliance. If you do not have any special requirements, we recommend that you use Auto Set mode (refer to Auto Set mode later on). 2) Manual adjusting mode: If you want to manually adjust the temperature of the appliance in order to store a particular food, you can set the temperature via a temperature adjusting button (refer to ADJUST THE TEMPERATURE). Door opening alarm When the refrigerator door is opened for more than 1 minute, the door opening alarm will sound. The alarm can be silenced by either closing the door or touching the control panel. If the door is left open for more than 7 minutes, the light inside the compartment and control panel illumination will automatically switch off. 1. 2. Fridge 3. Fridge Adjust the temperature The indoor temperatures are influenced by the following factors: Ambient temperature Frequency of door opening Amount of stored foods Installation of the appliance Adjust the temperature for fridge 1. Unlock the panel by pressing button “G” if it is locked. 2. Press button “A” (Fridge) for select the fridge compartment. An alarm sounds. The actual temperature in the refrigerator compartment is displayed. 3. Press button “A” to set the fridge temperature. A signal will sound at each key press. The temperature increases in sequences of 1°C from a minimum of 1°C (OF) to a maximum of 9°C, switching to 1°C again when pressing further. The optimum temperature in the refrigerator is 5 °C. Colder temperatures mean unnecessary energy consumption. If no key is operated in 5 sec., the setting confirms au- 16 EN Use tomatically. 1. Adjust the temperature for freezer 1. Unlock the panel by pressing button “G” if it is locked. 2. Press button “C” (Freezer) for select the freezer compartment. An alarm sounds. The actual temperature in the freezer compartment is displayed. 3. Press button “C” (Freezer) to set the freezer temperature. A signal will sound at each key press. The temperature increases in sequences of 1°C from a minimum of -14°C to a maximum of -24°C, switching to -14°C again when pressing further. The optimum temperature in the freezer is -18°C. Colder temperatures mean unnecessary energy consumption. If no key is operated in 5 sec., the setting confirms automatically. 2. Freezer 3. Freezer Notice The temperature in the corresponding compartment cannot be adjusted if any other function (Power-Freeze, Super-Cool, Holiday or Auto Set mode) is activated or the display is locked. The corresponding indicator will flash accompanying with a buzzer. Adjust the temperature for My Zone compartment 1. 1. Unlock the panel by pressing button “G” if it is locked. 2. When the display is unlocked, press the “B (My zone)” and a buzzer sounds, then enter the My zone setting state. 3. A signal will sound at each key press. The temperature increases in sequences of 1°C from a minimum of -20°C to a maximum of +5°C (Adjustable per degree). If there is no operation in 5 seconds, the temperature has been set and the flashing stops. 2. 3. My zone 17 Use 1. 2. sec. holiday 3. EN Auto Set mode In the Auto Set mode, the appliance can automatically adjust the temperature setting according to the ambient temperature and temperature change in the appliance. This function is totally hand free. 1. Unlock the panel by pressing button “G” if it is locked. 2. Press button “D” (Auto Set). An alarm sounds. 3. Indicator “d2” illuminates and the function is activated. By repeating the above steps or selecting an other function this function can be switched off again. 1. 2. Holiday function This function sets the refrigerator temperature permanently to 17°C. 3 sec. holiday This allows to keep the door of the empty refrigerator closed without causing an odour or mold – during a long absence (e.g. during holiday). The freezer compartment is free for your setting. 1. Unlock the panel by pressing button “G” if it is 3. locked. 2. Press button “D” (Auto Set) for 3 seconds. 3. Indicator “d1” illuminates .and the function is activated. By repeating the above steps or selecting an other function this function can be switched off again. WARNING! IDuring the holiday function no goods must be stored in the refrigerator compartment. The temperature of +17°C is too high for storing food. Notice In the state of Holiday function, the function of My zone in fridge compartment with three states (Precious, Fruit &#38; Veg and 0°C Fresh) will be off. And the temperature of fridge compartment can’t be adjusted at will. After exiting the Holiday function, the temperature of fridge compartment and the states of My zone in fridge compartment will display the previous setting by user again. 18 EN Super-Cool function 1. Switch on the Super-Cool function if larger quantity of food should be stored (for example after the purchase). The Power-Cool function accelerates the cooling of fresh food and protects the goods already stored from undesirable warming.The function setting temperature is about 1 °C. 1. Unlock the panel by pressing button “G” if it is locked. 2. Press button “E” (Super-Cool). 3. Indicator “e” illuminates and the function is activated. By repeating the above steps or selecting an other function this function can be switched off again. Notice This function will be automatically disabled when the function has lasted about 3 hours. Super-Freeze function 1. Fresh food should be frozen as quickly as possible to the core. This preserved the best nutritional value, appearance and taste. The Super-Freeze function accelerates the freezing of fresh food and protects the goods already stored from undesirable warming. If you need to freeze a large amount of food once, it is recommended to set the Super-Freeze function on ahead for 24 h before the usage of frozen room. The function setting temperature is below -24 °C. 1. Unlock the panel by pressing button “G” if it is locked. 2. Press button “F” (Super-Freeze). 3. Indicator “f” illuminates and the function is activated. By repeating the above steps or selecting an other function this function can be switched off again. Use 2. 3. 2. 3. Notice The Super-Freeze function will automatically switch off after 50 hours. The appliance is then operated at the previously set temperature. WARNING! Empty the appliance before switching off. Keep the door of the refrigerating compartment open, when Fridge off function is activated, in order to avoid odour or mold.. 19 Use EN Quick-Cool function Fresh food should be cooled as quickly as possible to the core control, avoiding the damp and mustiness to effectively preserve the nutrition of the food for a long time.When the greenhouse is set as the function of quick-cool, the greenhouse gear is automatically lowered by 2 gear, except for -19 gear and -20 gear. 1. Unlock the panel by pressing button “G” if it is locked. 2. Touch key “B” (My Zone) for 3 seconds. 3. Indicator “b1″illuminates and the function is activated. By repeating the above steps or selecting an other function this function can be switched off again. Notice The My Zone Function will automatically switch off after 2.5 hours.The appliance is then operated at the previously set temperature. MyZone drawer The fridge compartment is equipped with a MyZone drawer. In accordance with the food’s storage demands, the most suitable function can be selected to get the optimal nutritional value of the foods Following functions are available: 1) Function Cheese The appliance provides the chamber for precious food with mild and dry fresh air via intelligent control, avoiding the damp and mustiness to effectively preserve the nutrition of the food for a long time. This function is suitable to store dry food with low water content like tea, coffee, dried fruit etc. 2) Function Fruits &#38; Veg This function is suitable to store fruits and vegetables like apples and carrots. Notice: Fruits &#38; Veg function Cold-sensitive fruits like pineapple, avocado, bananas, grapefruits and vegetables such as potatoes, aubergines, beans, cucumbers, zucchini and tomatoes and cheese should not be stored in the MyZone drawer . 3) Function 0 °C Fresh This function sets the temperature in the MyZone drawer to 0 °C. Suitable to store of fresh food such as meat, fish, mussels or instant products. Most foods stay fresh at 0 ° C, but not frozen. Notice: 0 °C Fresh Due to different water contents of meat, some meat with more moisture will be frozen at temperatures lower than 0 °C. So “immediately cut” meat should be stored in DryZone drawer, with temperatures min. 0°C. 20 EN Use Notice: MyZone drawer One of the three functions of the MyZone compartment must always be activated When you chose “0°C Fresh” or “Cheese” set the temperature of the refrigerating compartment in the middle level (5°C), in order to preserve your food in the optimal storage environment. 4) Select function for MyZone drawer The function can be selected by using the separate panel which is located at the drawer cover. 1. If indicator “o” illuminates the panel is locked and must be unlocked by touching key “O” (3 Sec. Lock) for 3 seconds. A buzzer sounds and indicator “o” turns off. 2. Touch corresponding key “L/M/N” of desired function. After a few seconds corresponding indicator “l/m/n” illuminates .and the function is activated. 3. Lock the panel by touching key “O” (3Sec. Lock) for 3 seconds. A buzzer sounds and indicator “o” turns on. l m L M 3Sec. Lock n o N O 3Sec. Lock Humidity Box The fridge compartment is equipped with a Humidity Box. Appropriate de-polythene module enhance the freshness preservation by removing the ripener. Following functions are available: Function Low Hum. Mid Hum. Recommended food Dry fruit and other dry food with low water content like butter, fats and oils, bread or chocolate. Pears, grapes cherries etc. High Hum. Cabbage, mushrooms etc. 1) Select function for Humidity Box The humidity in this drawer can be adjusted by using the separate humidity control panel which is located at the drawer cover. The steps are the same as describe in chapter “Select function for My Zone drawer” but only by using the panel for Humidity Box. h i H I j k J K Notice: Panel lock The control panel of MyZone and Humidity Box is automatically blocked against activation if door is open. For any settings the control panel must be unlocked. 21 Use EN Tips on storing fresh food Storing into the refrigerator compartment Keep your fridge temperature below 5°C. Hot food must be cooled to room temperature before storing in the appliance. Foods stored in the refrigerator should be washed and dried before storing Food to be stored should be properly sealed to avoid odour or taste alterations. Do not store excessive quantities of food. Leave spaces between foods to allow cold air flowing around them, for a better and more homogeneous cooling. Foods eaten daily should be stored at the front of the shelf. Leave a gap between foods and the inner walls, allowing air flowing. In special way don’t store foods against the rear wall: foods could freeze against rear wall. Avoid direct contact of food (especially oily or acidic food) with the inner liner, as oil/acid can erode the inner liner. Clean away oily/acid dirt whenever it is found. Defreeze frozen food in the fridge storage compartment. This way, you can use the frozen food to decrease the temperature in the compartment and save energy. The ageing process of fruit and vegetables such as courgettes, melons, papaya, banana, pineapple, etc. can be accelerated in the refrigerator. Therefore, it is not advisable to store them in the refrigerator. However, the ripening of strongly green fruits can be promoted for a certain period. Onions, garlic, ginger and other root vegetables should also be stored at room temperature. Unpleasant odours inside the fridge are a sign that something has spilled and cleaning is required. See CARE AND CLEANING. Different foods should be placed in different areas according to their properties: Notice Please keep the distance more than 10 mm between the food placed and air duct or sensors to ensure the cooling effect. 1 Butter, cheese, eggs, spices, etc. 1 1 2 Eggs, canned food, spices, etc Fine-controlled micro air-channel NAVI-FORCE 4 5 3 Drinks and bottled foods. 2 2 6 4 Pickled foods, canned food, etc. 3 7 3 5 Meat products, snack foods, etc. 8 9 6 Pasta, milk, tofu, dairy, etc 7 Fruit, vegetables, salad, etc 8 Moist zone drawer: : Butter, fats, oils, chocolate etc. : Pears, grapes cherries etc. : Cabbage, mushrooms etc. 9 Dry zone drawer: : tea, coffee, dried fruit etc. : Apples, carrots etc. : Rraw fresh food 22 EN Use Storage into the freezer compartment Keep the freezer temperature at- 18°C. 24 hours before freezing switch on the Power-freeze function; -for small quantities of food 4-6 hours are sufficient. Hot food must be cooled to room temperature before storing in the freezer com- partment. Food cut into small portions will freeze faster and be easier to defrost and cook. The recommended weight for each portion is less than 2.5 kg It is better to pack food before putting it into the freezer. The outside of the pack- aging must be dry to avoid bags sticking together. Packaging materials should be odour-free, airtight, non-poisonous and nontoxic. In order to avoid expiration of storage periods, please note the freezing date, time limit and name of the food on the packaging according to the storage periods of different foods. WARNING!: Acid, alkali and salt etc. could erode the internal surface of the freezer. Do not place the food having these substances (e.g. sea fish) directly on the internal surface. Salt water in the freezer should be cleaned up immediately. Do not exceed the food storage times recommended by the manufacturers. Only take the required amount of food out of the freezer. Consume defrosted food quickly. Defrosted food cannot be re-frozen unless it is first cooked, otherwise it may bless edible. Do not load excessive quantities of fresh food in the freezer compartment. Refer to the freezing capacity of the freezer ­ See TECHNICAL DATA or data at the type plate. Food can be stored in the freezer at a temperature of at least -18°C for 2 to 12 months, depending on its properties (e.g., meat: 3-12 months, vegetables: 6-12 months) When freezing fresh food, avoid bringing it in contact with already frozen food. Risk of thawing! When storing commercially frozen foods, please follow these guidelines: Always follow manufacturers’ guidelines for the length of time you should store food for. Do not exceed these guidelines! Try to keep the length of time between purchase and storage as short as possible to preserve food quality. Buy frozen foods, which have been stored at a temperature of ­18 °C or below. Avoid buying food which has ice or frost on the packaging ­ This indicates that the products might have been partially defrosted and refrozen at some point ­ temperature rises affect the quality of food. Notice Please keep the distance more than 10 mm between the food placed and air duct to ensure the cooling effect. 23 Equipment Fine-controlled micro air-channel NAVI-FORCE EN Multi-air-flow The refrigerator is equipped with a multi-air-flow system, with which cool air flows are located on every shelf level. This helps to maintain a uniform temperature to ensure that your food is kept fresher for longer. Adjustable shelves The height of the shelves can be adjusted to fit your storage needs. 1. To relocate a shelf, remove it first by uplifting its hind edge (1) and pulling it out (2). 2. To reinstall it, put it on the lugs on both sides and push it to the most rearward position until the rear of the shelf is fixed inside the slots in the sides Notice: Ensure that all ends of a shelf are level. 11 2 Removable door racks The door racks can be removed for cleaning: Place hands on each side of the rack, lift it upwards (1) and pull it out (2). In order to insert the door rack, the above steps are carried out in reverse order. OPTIONAL: OK-temperature indicator The OK-temperature indicator can be used to determine temperatures below +4°C. Gradually reduce the temperature if the sign does not indicate “OK”. Notice: When the appliance is switched on, it may take up to 12 hours for the correct temperatures to be reached. 24 EN Removable freezer drawer To remove the drawer out, pull out to the maximum extent (1), lift and remove (2). In order to insert the drawer, the above steps are carried out in reverse order. Fruit and vegetable drawer Storage zone for fruit and vegetables to keep them fresh and healthy. Equipment 2 2 1 Notice: Fruits and vegetable drawer Cold-sensitive fruits like pineapple, avocado, bananas, grapefruits and vegetables such as potatoes, aubergines, beans, cucumbers, zucchini and tomatoes and cheese should not be stored in the fruits and vegetable drawer. Humidity Box and MyZone drawer For use and setting of the Humidity Box and MyZone drawer please check section USE. To remove the drawer out: 1. Pull out (1) to the maximum extent (Fig. 7.5). 2. Lift (2) to separate the drawer from the rail and re- move (3). It can be mounted in reverse order. The Light The LED interior light comes on when the door is opened. The performance of the lights is not affected by any of the appliances other settings. Energy saving tips Make sure the appliance is properly ventilated (see INSTALLATION). Dheoanteortsin).stall the appliance in direct sunlight or in the near of heat sources(e.g. stoves, Avoid unnecessarily low temperature in the appliance. The energy consumption increases the lower the temperature in the appliance is set. Functions like SUPER-FREEZE or SUPER-COOL consume more energy. Allow warm food to cool down before placing it in the appliance. Open the appliance door as little and as briefly as possible. Do not overfill the appliance to avoid obstructing the air flow. Avoid air within the food packaging. Keep door seals clean so that the door always closes correctly. Defreeze frozen food in the fridge storage compartment. 25 Care and cleaning EN WARNING! Disconnect the appliance from the power supply before cleaning. Cleaning Clean the appliance when only little or no food is stored. The appliance should be cleaned every four weeks for good maintenance and to prevent bad stored food odors. WARNING! Do not clean the appliance with hard brushes, wire brushes, detergent powder, petrol, amyl acetate, acetone and similar organic solutions, acid or alkaline solutions. Please clean with special refrigerator detergent to avoid damage. Do not spray or flush the appliance during cleaning. Do not use water spray or steam to clean the appliance. Do not clean the cold glass shelves with hot water. Sudden temperature change may cause the glass to break . Do not touch the inside surface of the freezer storage compartment, especially with wet hands, as your hands may freeze onto the surface. In case of heating check the condition of frozen goods. Always keep the door gasket clean. Clean the inside and housing of the appliance with a sponge dampened in warm water and neutral detergent. 1. Please scrub the interior and exterior of the re- frigerator, including door sealing, door rack, glass shelves, boxes and so on, with a soft towel or sponge dipped in warm water (you may add neutral detergent into the warm water). 2. If there is liquid spilled, remove all the contaminated parts, directly rinse with the flow water, dry and place it back into the fridge. 3. If there is spilled cream (such as the cream, melting ice cream), please remove all the contaminated parts, put into the warm water with about 40 °C for some time, then rinse with the flow water, dry and place it back into the fridge. 4. In case some small part or component gets stucked inside of the fridge (between shelves or drawers), use small soft brush to release it. If you could not reach the part, please contact Haier service. Rinse and dry with soft cloth. Do not clean any of the parts of the appliance in a dishwasher. Allow at least 7 minutes before restarting the appliance as frequent starting may damage the compressor. Defrosting The defrosting of the refrigerator and the freezer compartment are done automatically; no manual operation is needed. 26 EN Care and cleaning Replacing the LED-lamps WARNING! Do not replace the LED lamp yourself, it must only be replaced by either the manufacturer or the authorised service agent. The lamp adopts LED as its light source, featuring low energy consumption and long service life. If there is any abnormality, please contact the customer service . See CUSTOMER SERVICE. Parameters of the lamp: Refrigerator compartment:12 V max 2 W Freezer compartment:12 V max 0,5 W Non-use for a longer period If the appliance is not used for an extended period of time, and you will not use only the Holiday-function or the fridge off function for the refrigerator: Take out the food. Unplug the power cord. Empty and clean the watertank Clean the appliance as described above. Keep the doors open to prevent the creation of bad odours inside. Notice Turn the appliance off only if strictly necessary. Moving the appliance 1. Remove all food and unplug the appliance. 2. Secure shelves and other moveable parts in the fridge and the freezer with adhesive tape. 3. Do not tilt the refrigerator more than 45° to avoid damaging the refrigerating system. WARNING! Do not lift the appliance by its handles. Never place the appliance horizontally on the ground. 27 Troubleshooting EN Many occuring problems could be solved by yourself without specific expertise. In case of a problem please check all shown possibilities and follow below instructions before you contact an after sales service. See CUSTOMER SERVICE. WARNING! Before maintenance, deactivate the appliance and disconnect the mains plug from the mains socket. Electrical equipment should be serviced only by qualified electrical experts, because improper repairs can cause considerable consequential damages. A damaged supply should only be replaced by the manufacturer, its service agent or similarly qualified persons in order to avoid a hazard. Problem Possible Cause Possible Solution The compressor does not work. · Mains plug is not connected in the · Connect the mains plug. mains socket. · The appliance is in the defrosting · This is normal for an automatic cycle defrosting The appliance runs · The indoor or outdoor tempera- · In this case, it is normal for the frequently or runs ture is too high. appliance to run longer. for a too long period · The appliance has been off power · Normally, it takes 8 to 12 hours of time. for a period of time. for the appliance to cool down completely. · A door/drawer of the appliance is · Close the door/drawer and not tightly closed. ensure the appliance is located on a level ground and there is no food or container jarring the door. · The door/drawer has been opened · Do not open the door/drawer too frequently or for too long. too frequently. · The temperature setting for the · Set the temperature higher freezer compartment is too low. until a satisfactory refrigera- tor temperature is obtained. It takes 24 hours for the refrig- erator temperature to become stable. · The door/drawer gasket is dirty, · Clean the door/drawer gasket worn, cracked or mismatched. or replace them by the cus- tomer service. · The required air circulation is not · Ensure adequate ventilation. guaranteed. The inside of the re- · The inside of the refrigerator frigerator is dirty and/ needs cleaning. or smells. · Food of strong odour is stored in the refrigerator. · Clean the inside of the refrigerator. · Wrap the food thoroughly.. 28 EN Troubleshooting Problem Possible Cause Possible Solution It is not cold enough · The temperature is set too high. · Reset the temperature. inside the appli- · Too warm goods has been stored. · Always cool down goods be- ance. fore storing them. · Too much food has been stored at · Always store small quantities of one time. food. · The goods are too close to each · Leave a gap between several other. foods allowing air flowing. · A door/drawer of the appliance is · Close the door/drawer. not tightly closed. · The door/drawer has been opened · Do not open the door/drawer too frequently or for too long. too frequently. It is too cold inside · The temperature is set too low. · Reset the temperature. the appliance. · The Power-Freeze function is acti- · Switch off the Power- Freeze vated or is running too long. function Moisture formation · The climate is too warm and too- · Increase the temperature. on the inside of the damp. refrigerator com- · A door/drawer of the appliance is · Close the door/drawer. partment. not tightly closed. · The door/drawer has been opened · Do not open the door/drawer too frequently or for too long. too frequently. · Food containers or liquids are left · Let hot foods cool to room open. temperature and cover foods and liquids. Moisture accumu- · The climate is too warm and too · This is normal in damp climate lates on the refrig- damp. and will change when the hu- erators outside midity decreases. surface or between · The door/drawer is not closed · Ensure that he door/drawer is the doors/door and tightly. The cold air in the appliance tightly shut. drawer. and the warm air outside it con- densates. Strong ice and frost · The goods were not adequately · Always pack the goods well. in the freezer com- packaged . partment. · A door/drawer of the appliance is · Close the door/drawer. not tightly closed. · The door/drawer has been opened · Do not open the door/drawer too frequently or for too long. too frequently. · The door/drawer gasket is dirty, · Clean the door/drawer gasket worn, cracked or mismatched. or replace them by new ones. · Something on the inside prevents · Reposition the shelves, door the door/drawer to close properly. racks, or internal containers to allow the door/drawer to close. The sides of the · – cabinet and door strip get warm. · This is normal. 29 Troubleshooting EN Problem Possible Cause Possible Solution The appliance makes abnormal sounds. · The appliance is not located on · Adjust the feet to level the ap- level ground. pliance. · The appliance touches some ob- · Remove objects around the ject around it. appliance. A slight sound is · to be heard similar to that of flowing water. · This is normal. You will hear an · The fridge storage compartment · Close the door or silence the alarm beep. door is open. alarm manually. You will hear a faint · The anti-condensation system is · This prevents condensation hum. working and is normal The interior lighting · Mains plug is not connected in the · Connect the mains plug. or cooling system mains socket. does not work. · The power supply is not intact. · Check the electrical supply to the room. Call the local elec- tricity company! · The LED-lamp is out of order. · Please call the service for changing the lamp. Power interruption In the event of a power cut, food should remain safely cold for about 12 hours. Follow these tips during a prolonged power interruption, especially in summer: Open the door/drawer as few times as possible. Do not put additional food into the appliance during a power interruption. If prior notice of a power interruption is given and the interruption duration is longer than 12 hours, make some ice and put it in a container in the top of the refrigerator compartment. An inspection of the goods is required immediately after the interruption. As temperature in the refrigerator will rise during a power interruption or other failure, the storage period and edible quality of food will be reduced. Any food that defrosts should be either consumed, or cooked and refrozen (where suitable) soon afterwards in order to prevent health risks. Memory function during power interruption After restoration of power the appliance continues with the settings that were set before the power failure. 30 EN Installation Unpacking WARNING! The appliance is heavy. Always handle with at least two persons. Keep all packaging materials out of children´s reach and dispose them in an environ- mentally friendly manner. Take the appliance out of the packaging. Remove all packaging materials. Environmental conditions The room temperature should always be between 10° C and 43° C, since it can influence the temperature inside the appliance and its energy consumption. Do not install the appliance near other heat-emitting appliances (ovens, refrigerators) without isolation. Space requirement Required space when door is opened: D1= 600 D2= 885 D3= 1034 D4= 50 W1= 830 W2= 1424 D4 W1 D1 D3 D2 D4 W2 Ventilaton cross-section 10 cm To achieve sufficient ventilation of the appliance for safety reasons, the information of the required ventilation cross sections must be observed. 10 cm 10 cm Aligning the appliance 1. 2. The appliance should be placed on a flat and solid surface. 1. Tilt the appliance slightly backwards. 2. Set the feet to the desired level. Make sure the distance to the wall on the hinge side is max 45° at least 100 mm for the door to open properly. z 31 Installation 3. EN 3. The stability can be checked by alternately bumping on the diagonals. The slightly swaying should be the same in both directions. Otherwise the frame can warp; possible leaking door seals are the result. A low tendency to the rear facilitates the closing of the door.frame can warp; possible leaking door seals are the result. A low tendency to the rear facilitates the closing of the door. A Fine tuning of the doors If the doors are not in one level, this mismatch can be remedied by following: A) Using adjustable foot Rotate the adjustable foot according to the direction of arrow to turn up or down the foot. B B) Using spacers Open the upper door and lift it. Carefully clip the spacer (enclosed in the accessory bag) in the white plastic ring of the middle hinge by hand or using tools like pliers. Do not scratch or bruise the door. Notice In the future use of refrigerator, doors uneven phenomenon may occur to the weight of stored food. Then please adjust according to the above methods. 32 EN Installation Waiting time To the maintenance-free lubrication oil is located in the capsule of the compressor. This oil can get through the closed pipe system during slanting transport. Be- fore connecting the appliance to the power supply you have to wait 2-5 hours so that the oil runs back into the capsule. 2 h Electrical connection Before each connection check if: power supply, socket and fusing are appropriate to the rating plate. the power socket is earthed and no multi-plug or extension. the power plug and socket are strictly according. Connect the plug to a properly installed household socket. WARNING! To avoid risks a damaged power cord must be replaced by the customer service (see warranty card). 33 Technical data EN Product fiche according to regulation EU No. 1060/2010 Brand Haier Model name / identifier HTF-508DGS7 Category of the household refrigerating appliance (1) 7 Energy efficiency class A+++ (most efficient) to D (least efficient) A++ Energy consumption (2) 340 Total net capacity of whole refrigerator compartment 350 L of which chill compartment 32 L of which wine storage compartment – of which cellar-temperature compartment – of which fresh food storage compartment 318 L Total number of wine bottles (3) – Total net capacity of two-star compartment 78 L Total net capacity of freezer compartment 77 L Star coding (4) Design temperature of “other compartments” (5) – Lowest storage temperature of wine compartment – Frost-free · Storage time during malfunctions 12 h Freezing capacity (6) 7,5 kg/24h Climate rating (7) SN-N-ST-T Airborne noise emitted 40 dB(A) re 1 pW Type of appliance Freestanding Explanations: · Yes, featured (1) Household refrigeration categories: Category=Designation 1=Refrigerator with one or more storage compartments for fresh food, 2=Refrigerator with cellar-temperature zone, cellartemperature compartment refrigerator and wine cabinet, 3=Refrigerator with cold storage zone and refrigerator with a zero star compartment, 4=Refrigerator with a one-star compartment, 5=Refrigerator with a two-star compartment, 6=Refrigerator with a three-star compartment, 7=Fridge-freezer, 8=Freezer, 9=Chest freezer, 10=Multi-purpose refrigerators and other refrigerators (2) Based on the results of the standards conformance test over 24 hours. The actual consumption depends on the use and the location of the appliance. (3) The rated capacity is quoted as the number of standard 0.75 l bottles that can be stored in the appliance in accordance with the manufacturer’s instructions. (4) * = compartment -6°C or less; *** = frozen-food compartment -18°C or less; **** = food freezer compartment -18°C or less with a minimum freezing capacity. (5) `Other compartment’ means a compartment, other than a wine storage compartment, intended for the storage of particular foodstuffs at a temperature warmer than + 14 °C. (6) The freezing capacity is achievable for the quantity given according to type of appLiance only after switching to permanent operation and cannot be repeated within 24 hours. Please observe the operating instructions. (7) Climate rating SN: This appliance is intended for use in an ambient temperature of between + 10°C and +32°C 34 EN Technical data Climate rating N: This appliance is intended for use in an ambient temperature of between + 16°C and +32°C Climate rating ST: This appliance is intended for use in an ambient temperature of between + 16°C and +38°C Climate rating T: This appliance is intended for use in an ambient temperature of between + 16°C and +43°C Additional technical data Voltage / Frequency Input current (A) Main fuse (A) Coolant/amount Dimensions (H/W/D in mm) 220-240V ~/ 50Hz 1,8 16 R600a/67g 1900 / 830 / 669 35 Customer service EN Customer Service We recommend our Haier Customer Service and the use of original spare parts. If you have a problem with your appliance, please first check section TROUBLESHOOTING. If you cannot find a solution there, please contact your local dealer or our European Call Service-Center (see listed phone numbers below) or the Service &#38; Support area at www.haier.com where you can activate the service claim and also find FAQs. To contact our Service, ensure that you have the following data available. The information can be found on the rating plate. Model _____________ Serial No. _____________ Also check the Warranty Card supplied with the product in case of warranty. European Call Service-Center Country* Haier Italy (IT) Haier Spain (ES) Haier Germany (DE) Phone number 199 100 912 902 509 123 0180 5 39 39 99 Haier Austria (AT) 0820 001 205 Haier United Kingdom (UK) 0333 003 8122 Haier France (FR) 0980 406 409 Costs · 14 Ct/Min Landline · max 42 Ct/Min Mobile · 14,53 Ct/Min Landline · max 20 Ct/Min all others * For other countries please refer to www.haier.com Haier Europe Trading S.r.l Branch UK Westgate House, Westgate, Ealing London, W5 1YY 36 HTF-508DGS7_EN [...]<p><a class="btn btn-secondary understrap-read-more-link" href="https://usemanuals.com/haier/refrigerator-htf-508dgs7/">Read More...</a></p>]]></description>
										<content:encoded><![CDATA[<h4>Refrigerator</h4>
<p>View Fullscreen</p>
<p>HTF-508DGS7</p>
<p>Refrigerator User Guide</p>
<p>EN</p>
<p>Kühlschrank Bedienungsanleitung</p>
<p>DE</p>
<p>Réfrigérateur Mode d`emploi</p>
<p>FR</p>
<p>Frigorifero Guida per l`utente</p>
<p>IT</p>
<p>Frigorífico Manual del usuario</p>
<p>ES</p>
<p>Frigorífico Guia do Utilizador</p>
<p>PT</p>
<p>Koelvriescombinatie Handleiding</p>
<p>NL</p>
<p>Lodówka Podrcznik uytkownika</p>
<p>PL</p>
<p>Chladnicka Uzivatelská pírucka</p>
<p>CZ</p>
<p>Htszekrény Felhasználói útmutató</p>
<p>HU</p>
<p>EL</p>
<p>BG</p>
<p>Safety information</p>
<p>EN</p>
<p>EN WARNING:Risk of fire/flammable material. The symbol indicates there is a risk of fire since flammable materials are used. Take care to avoid causing a fire by ingiting flammable material. DE WARNUNG:Brandgefahr/ brennbares Material. Das Symbol weist auf Brandgefahr hin, da brennbare Materialien verwendet werden. Verhindern Sie die Entstehung von Bränden, die durch entflammbare Materialien verursacht werden. FR ATTENTION: Risque d’incendie ou de mati ères inflammables. Le symbole montre qu’il y’a le risque de maté riaux inflammables sont utilisés. Prendre soin d’éviter de provoquer un incendie en ingérant des matières inflammables. IT ATTENZIONE: Rischio di incendio/materiale infiammabile. Il simbolo indica il rischio di incendio nel caso di utilizzo di materiali infiammabili. Fare attenzione ed evitare l`insorgere di incendi a causa della caombustione di materiali infiammabili. ES ADVERTENCIA: Riesgo de incendio o mate rial inflamable. El símbolo indica que existe riesgo de incen dio, dado que se utilizan materiales inflamables. Se debe procurar evitar incendios medi ante la combustión de materiales inflamables. PT ADVERTÊNCIA:Risco de incêndio/material inflamável. O símbolo indica que existe um risco de incêndio uma vez que são usados materiais inflamáveis. Ter cuidado para evitar provocar um incêndio por acender material inflamável. NL WAARSCHUWING: Brandrisico / brandbaar materiaal. Het systeem geeft aan dat er een brandrisico bestaat aangezien brandbaar materiaal wordt gebruikt. Zorg ervoor dat er geen brand wordt veroozaakt door brandbaat materiaal te ont steken. PL OSTRZEENIE:Ryzyko poaru/material latwopalny. Symbol wskazuje, e istnieje ryzyko poaru, poniewa uywane s materialy latwopalne. Dbaj o to, aby unikn poaru poprzez zapale nie latwopalnego materialu. CZ VAROVÁNÍ: Nebezpecí Pozáru/ Holavého Materiálu. Symbol oznacuje riziko pozáru, protoze byly pouzity holavé materiály. Dbejte na to, aby nedoslo ke vzniku pozáru zapálením holavého materiálu.<br />
2</p>
<p>EN</p>
<p>Safety information</p>
<p>HU FIGYELEM: Tz / gyúlékony anyag veszélye. A szimbólum azt jelzi, hogy tzveszély áll fenn, mivel gyúlékony anyagokat használnak. Ügyel jen arra, hogy ne tegyen rá tzveszélyes gyú lékony anyagot.<br />
EL : / . . . BG : / . , , . .</p>
<p>3</p>
<p>User Manual Refrigerator-Freezer<br />
HTF-508DGS7<br />
EN</p>
<p>Thank You</p>
<p>EN</p>
<p>Thank you for purchasing a Haier Product. Please read these instructions carefully before using this appliance. The instructions contain important information which will help you get the best out of the appliance and ensure safe and proper installation, use and maintenance. Keep this manual in a convenient place so you can always refer to it for the safe and proper use of the appliance. If you sell the appliance, give it away, or leave it behind when you move house, make sure you also pass this manual so that the new owner can become familiar with the appliance and safety warnings.<br />
Legend<br />
Warning ­ Important Safety information<br />
General information and tips</p>
<p>Environmental information<br />
Disposal Help protect the environment and human health. Put the packaging in applicable containers to recycle it. Help to recycle waste of electrical and electronic appliances. Do not dispose appliances marked with this symbol with the household waste. Return the product to your local recycling facility or contact your municipal office.<br />
WARNING!<br />
Risk of injury or suffocation! Refrigerants and gases must be disposed of professionally. Ensure that the tubing of the refrigerant circuit is not damaged before being properly disposed of. Disconnect the appliance from the mains supply. Cut off the mains cable and dispose of it. Remove the trays and drawers as well as the door catch and seals, to prevent children and pets to get closed in the appliance. Old appliances still have some residual value. An environmentally friendly method of disposal will ensure that valuable raw materials can be recovered and used again. Cyclopentane, a flammable substance not harmful to ozone, is used as an expander for the insulationg foam. By ensuring this product is disposed of corectly, you will help prevent potential negative consequences for the environment and human health, which could otherwise be caused. For more detailed information about recycling of this product, please contact your local council, your household waste disposal service or the shop where you purchased the product, handled by the professionals.</p>
<p>2</p>
<p>EN</p>
<p>Content</p>
<p>Safety information …………………………………………………………………………………………………………… 4 Intended use……………………………………………………………………………………………………………………12 Product description………………………………………………………………………………………………………..13 Control panel…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………..14 Use …………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………..15 Equipment ………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………24 Care and cleaning……………………………………………………………………………………………………………26 Troubleshooting ……………………………………………………………………………………………………………..28 Installation ……………………………………………………………………………………………………………………….31 Technical data …………………………………………………………………………………………………………………34 Customer service……………………………………………………………………………………………………………36</p>
<p>Accessories Check the accessories and literature in accordance with this list:</p>
<p>Ice maker with 2 Egg trays ice scoop</p>
<p>3 spacers</p>
<p>Energy- Warranty User</p>
<p>label card</p>
<p>manual</p>
<p>3</p>
<p>Safety information</p>
<p>EN</p>
<p>WARNING!<br />
Before first use Make sure there is no transport damage. Remove all packaging and keep out of children´s reach. Wait at least two hours (six hours for upright freezer) before in-<br />
stalling the appliance in order to ensure the refrigerant circuit is fully efficient. Handle the appliance always with at least two persons because it is heavy. Installation The appliance should be placed in a well-ventilated place. Ensure a space of at least 10 cm above and around the appliance. WARNING: Keep ventilation openings, in the appliance enclosure or in the built-in structure, clear of obstruction. Never place the appliance in a damp area or location where it might be splashed with water. Clean and dry water splashes and stains with a soft clean cloth. Do not install the appliance in direct sunlight or in the near of heat sources(e.g. stoves, heaters). Install and level the appliance in an area suitable for its size and use. Make sure that the electrical information on the rating plate agrees with the power supply. If it does not, contact an electrician. The appliance is operated by a 220-240 VAC/50 Hz power supply. Abnormal voltage fluctuation may cause the appliance to fail to start, or damage to the temperature control or compressor, or there may be an abnormal noise when operating. In such case, an automatic regulator shall be mounted. Do not use multi- plug adapters and extension cables. WARNING: Do not locate multiple portable socket-outlets or portable power supplies at the rear of the appliance. WARNING: When positioning the appliance, ensure the supply cord is not trapped or damaged. Do not step on the power cable.</p>
<p>4</p>
<p>EN</p>
<p>Safety information</p>
<p>WARNING! Use a separate earthed socket for the power supply which is easy<br />
accessible. The appliance must be earthed. Only for UK: The appliance´s power cable is fitted with 3-cord<br />
(grounding) plug that fits a standard 3-cord (grounded) socket. Never cut off or dismount the third pin (grounding). After the appliance is installed, the plug should be accessible. WARNING: Do not damage the refrigerant circuit. Daily use This appliance can be used by children aged from 8 years and above and persons with reduced physical, sensory or mental capabilities or lack of experience and knowledge if they have been given supervision or instruction concerning use of the appliance in a safe way and understand the hazards involved. Children shall not play with the appliance. Children aged from 3 to 8 years are allowed to load and unload refrigerating appliances, but not allowed to clean and install the refrigerating appliances. Keep away children under 3 years of age from the appliance unless they are constantly supervised. Cleaning and user maintenance shall not be made by children without supervision. The appliance must be positioned so that the plug is accessible If coal gas or other inflammable gas is leaking into vicinity of the appliance, turn off the valve of the leaking gas, open the doors and windows and do not unplug the power cable of the refrigerator/freezer or any other appliance. Notice that the appliance is set for operation at the specific ambient range between 10 and 43°C. The appliance may not work properly if it is left for a long period at a temperature above or below the indicated range. Do not place unstable articles (heavy objects, containers filled with water) on top of the refrigerator/freezer, to avoid personal injury caused by falling or electric shock caused by contact with water. Do not pull on the door shelves. The door may be pulled slant, the bottle rack may be pulled away, or the appliance may topple.<br />
5</p>
<p>Safety information</p>
<p>EN</p>
<p>WARNING! Open and close the door only with the handles. The gap between<br />
the door and the cabinet is very narrow. Do not put your hands in these areas to avoid pinching your fingers. Open or close the refrigerator/freezer doors only when there are no children standing within the range of door movement. Never store bottled beer or beverages, liquids in bottles or cans (besides high percentage spirits) especially carbonated beverages in the freezer, as these will burst during freezing. Do not store explosive substances such as aerosol cans with a flammable propellant in this appliance. Do not store medicines, bacteria or chemical agents in the appliance. This appliance is a household appliance. It is not recommended to store materials that require strict temperatures. Check the condition of food if a warming in the freezer has taken place. Do not set unnecessarily low temperature in the refrigerator compartment. Minus temperatures may occur at high settings. Attention: Bottles can burst Do not touch frozen goods with wet hands (wear gloves). Especially do not eat ice lollies immediately after removal from the freezer compartment. There is the risk to freeze or the formation of frost blisters. FIRST aid: keep immediately under running cold water. Do not pull away! Do not touch the inside surface of the freezer storage compartment when in operation, especially with wet hands, as your hands may freeze onto the surface. Unplug the appliance in the event of a power interruption or before cleaning. Allow at least 7 minutes before restarting the appliance, as frequent starting may damage the compressor. WARNING: Do not use electrical appliances inside the food storage compartments of the appliance, unless they are of the type recommended by the manufacturer.</p>
<p>6</p>
<p>EN</p>
<p>Safety Tips</p>
<p>WARNING!<br />
Maintenance / cleaning Make sure children are supervised if they carry out cleaning and<br />
maintenance. Disconnect the appliance from the electrical supply before un-<br />
dertaking any routine maintenance. Allow at least 7 minutes before restarting the appliance, as frequent starting may damage the compressor. Hold the plug, not the cable, when unplugging the appliance. Do not clean the appliance with hard brushes, wire brushes, detergent powder, petrol, amyl acetate, acetone and similar organic solutions, acid or alkaline solutions. Please clean with special refrigerator/freezer detergent to avoid damage. Eventually use warm water and baking soda solution – about a tablespoon of baking soda to a litre/quart of water. Rinse thoroughly with water and wipe dry. Do not use cleaning powders or other abrasive cleaners. Do not wash removable parts in a dishwasher. Do not scrape off frost and ice with sharp objects. Do not use sprays, electric heaters like heater, hair dryer, steam cleaners or other sources of heat in order to avoid damage to the plastic parts. WARNING: Do not use mechanical devices or other means to accelerate the defrosting process, other than those recommended by the manufacturer. If the supply cord is damaged, it must be replaced by the manufacturer, its service agent or similarly qualified persons in order to avoid a hazard. Do not try to repair, disassemble or modify the appliance by yourself. In case of repair please contact our customer service. If the illuminating lamps are damaged, it must be replaced by the manufacturer, its service agent or similarly qualified persons in order to avoid a hazard. Eliminate the dust on the back of the unit at least once in the year to avoid hazard by fire, as well as increased energy consumption.</p>
<p>7</p>
<p>Safety Tips</p>
<p>EN</p>
<p>Do not spray or flush the appliance during cleaning. Do not use water spray or steam to clean the appliance. Do not clean the cold glass shelves or glass door with hot water.<br />
Sudden temperature change may cause the glass to break. If you leave your appliance out of use for an extended period, leave<br />
it open to prevent odour and unpleasant smells building up inside.<br />
Refrigerant gass information<br />
WARNING! The appliance contains the flammable refrigerant ISOBUTANE (R600a). Make sure the refrigerant circuit is not damaged during transportation or installation. Leaking refrigerant may cause eye injuries or ignite. If a damage has occurred, keep away open fire sources, thoroughly ventilate the room, do not plug or unplug the power cords of the appliance or any other appliance. Inform the customer service. In case of eyes get into contact with the refrigerant, rinse it immediately under running water and call immediately the eye specialist. WARNING: The refrigeration system is under high pressure. Do not tamper with it. Since the flammable refrigerants are used, please, install, handle and service the appliance strictly according to the instruction and contact the professional agent or our after-sales service to dispose of the appliance.<br />
WARNING! For refrigerators with ice-water function, please pay attention to the following warning: For appliances not intended to be connected to the water supply: WARNING: fill with potable water only. For appliances intended to be connected to the water supply: WARNING: connect to potable water supply only. If you want to clean the water system, please refer to the User Manual. If you have any questions, please contact the after-sales service.</p>
<p>8</p>
<p>EN</p>
<p>Safety Tips</p>
<p>Intended use This appliance is intended to be used in household and similar applications such as<br />
– staff kitchen areas in shops, offices and other working environments;<br />
– farm houses and by clients in hotels, motels and other residential type environments;<br />
– bed and breakfast type environments; – catering and similar non-retail applications. If the appliance is not used for an extended period of time, and you will use only the Holiday-function or the fridge off function for the refrigerator/freezer: – Take out the food. – Unplug the power cord. – Empty and clean the water tank. – Clean the appliance as described above. – Keep the doors open to prevent the creation of bad odours in-<br />
side. To ensure the safe preservation of foodstuffs or wine, please<br />
comply with this instruction to use. The appliance should be cleaned at least once every four weeks<br />
for good maintenance and to prevent stored food odours. Always keep the door gasket clean. (1.) Please scrub the interior and exterior of the refrigerator, in-<br />
cluding door gasket, door rack, glass shelves, boxes and so on, with a soft towel or sponge dipped in warm water (neutral detergent can be added). (2.) If liquids are accidentally spilled, all contaminated components should be removed and placed under the running water. After washing, wipe and dry. (3.) If there is spilled cream (such as the cream, melting ice cream), please remove all the contaminated parts, put them into the warm water at about 40 °C for a while, then rinse with the flow water, dry and place it back into the refrigerator/freezer. (4.) In case some small part or component enters inside of the fridge (between the shelves or drawers), use small soft brush to release it. If you could not reach the part, please contact Haier service.<br />
9</p>
<p>Safety Tips</p>
<p>EN</p>
<p>To avoid contamination of food, please respect the following instructions: – Opening the door for long periods can cause a significant increase of the temperature in the compartments of the appliance. – Clean regularly surfaces that can come in contact with food and accessible drainage systems. – Clean water tanks if they have not been used for 48 h; flush the water system connected to a water supply if water has not been drawn for 5 days. – Store raw meat and fish in suitable containers in the refrigerator/freezer, so that it is not in contact with or drip onto other food. To ensure the safe preservation of foodstuffs, instant food and raw meat / fish shall be stored separately. – Two-star frozen-food compartments are suitable for storing pre-frozen food, storing or making ice cream and making ice cubes. – One-, two- and three-star compartments are not suitable for the freezing of fresh food. – If the refrigerating appliance is left empty for long periods, switch off, defrost, clean, dry, and leave the door open to prevent mould developing within the appliance.<br />
The details on the most appropriate part in the compartment of the appliance where specific types of food shall be stored, considering the distribution of temperature that can be present in the different compartments of the appliance are in the other part of the manual.</p>
<p>10</p>
<p>EN</p>
<p>Safety Tips</p>
<p>Disposal</p>
<p>The symbol on the product or on its packaging indicates that this product may not be treated as household waste. Instead it shall be handed over to the applicable collection point for the recycling of electrical and electronic equipment. By ensuring this product is disposed of correctly, you will help prevent potential negative consequences for the environment and human health, which could otherwise be caused by inappropriate waste handling of this product. For more detailed information about recycling of this product, please contact your local city office, your household waste disposal service or the shop where you purchased the product. Since the flammable insulation blowing gases are used, please contact the professional agent or our after-sale service to dispose of the appliance.<br />
WARNING! Risk of injury of suffocation! Refrigerants and gases must be disposed of professionally. Ensure that the tubing of the refrigerant circuit is not damaged before being properly disposed of. Disconnect the appliance from the mains supply. Cut off the mains cable and dispose of it. Remove the trays and drawers as well as the door catch and seals to prevent children and pets to get closed in the appliance.</p>
<p>11</p>
<p>Intended use</p>
<p>EN</p>
<p>CAUTION!</p>
<p>1. When you close the door, the vertical door strip on the left door should be bent inside (1).</p>
<p>2.</p>
<p>If you try to close the left door and the vertical door strip is unbent (2), you should bend it firstly, other-</p>
<p>wise the door strip will hit the fixing shaft or right</p>
<p>door. Thus a damage to the door slip or a leak will</p>
<p>occur.</p>
<p>There is a heating thread inside the frame. The temperature of the surface will rise a little, which is normal and won´t affect the function of appliance.</p>
<p>Intended use This appliance is intended for cooling and freezing food. It has been designed exclusively for use in household and similar applications such as staff kitchen areas in shops, offices and other working environments; farm houses and by clients in hotels, motels and other residential type environments as well as in bed-and-breakfast and catering business. It is not intended for commercial or industrial use. Changes or modifications to the device are not allowed. Unintended use may cause hazards and loss of warranty claims.<br />
Standards and directives This product meets the requirements of all applicable EC directives with the corresponding harmonised standards, which provide for CE marking.</p>
<p>12</p>
<p>EN</p>
<p>Product description</p>
<p>Notice<br />
Due to technical changes and different models, some of the illustrations in this manual may differ from your model.</p>
<p>A: Refrigerator compartment<br />
1 Rating plate 2 Back lamp 3 Glass shelf<br />
4 Wine rack 5 Turning cover of Fruit and vegetable drawer 6 Fruit and vegetable drawer 7 Panel of Humidity box 8 Humidity Box<br />
9 Door rack D: Chill compartment<br />
10 Panel of MyZone drawer 11 Air duct 12 MyZone drawer</p>
<p>B: Freezer compartment<br />
14 Freezer compartment LED lamp 15 Ice maker 16 Freezing tray 17 Air duct 18 Freezer box<br />
C: My Zone compartment (Two star) 13 My Zone compartment LED lamp 19 Tray 20 Air duct 21 My Zone box 22 Lamp switch 23 Adjustable feet<br />
13</p>
<p>Control panel</p>
<p>EN</p>
<p>Control panel</p>
<p>Buttons:<br />
A Fridge selector B My zone selector C Freezer selector D Auto Set mode and holiday function selector E Super-Cool selector F Super-Freeze selector G Panel lock selector</p>
<p>Indicators:<br />
a Temperature fridge b1 Quick cool function b2 Temperature My Zone<br />
c Temperature Freezer<br />
d1 Holiday function d2 Auto Set function e Super-Cool function f Super-Freeze function g Panel lock</p>
<p>Before first use<br />
Remove all packaging materials, keep them out of children`s reach and dispose them in an environmentally friendly manner.<br />
Clean the inside and outside of the appliance with water and a mild detergent before putting any food in it.<br />
After the appliance has been levelled and cleaned, wait for at least 2-5 hours before connecting it to the power supply. See Section INSTALLATION.<br />
Precool the compartments at high settings before loading with food. The function Power- Freeze helps to cool down the freezer compartment quickly.<br />
The refrigerator temperature and freezer temperature are automatically set to 5° C and -18° C respectively. These are the recommended settings. If desired, you can change these temperatures manually. Please see ADJUST THE TEMPERATURE.<br />
14</p>
<p>EN</p>
<p>Use</p>
<p>Sensor keys The buttons on the control panel are sensor keys, which already respond when lightly touched with the finger.<br />
Switch on /off the applianc The appliance is in operation as soon as it is connected to the power supply. When the appliance is powered on for the first time, the actual refrigerator and freezer temperatures are displayed. The display will flash. If the doors are closed it will switch off after 30 seconds. Maybe the panel lock is active.</p>
<p>Notice<br />
The appliance is preset to the recommended temperature of 5°C (refrigerator) and – 18°C (freezer). Under normal ambient condition you need not to set a temperature.<br />
When the appliance is switched on after disconnection from the main power supply, it may take up to 12 hours for the correct temperatures to be reached.</p>
<p>Empty the appliance before switching off. To switch off the appliance, pull the power cord out of the power socket.</p>
<p>Lock/unlock panel</p>
<p>Notice<br />
The control panel is automatically blocked against activation if the doors are closed and 30 seconds no button is pressed. For any settings the control panel must be unlocked.<br />
Touch button “G” for 3 seconds to block all panel elements against activation. The buzzer alarms and the related indicator “g” is now displayed; the lightening of the panel is switched off. The icon flashes if a button will be pressed, when the panel lock is activated. The change is not running.<br />
For unlocking press again the button.<br />
Standby-mode The display screen turns off automatically 30 seconds after pressing a key. The display will be automatically locked. It lights up automatically when pressing any key or opening any door (Alarm does not light up the display screen).</p>
<p>15</p>
<p>Use</p>
<p>EN</p>
<p>Select the working mode You may need to select one of the following two ways to set the appliance: 1) Auto Set mode Under Auto Set mode, the appliance can automatically adjust the temperature setting according to the ambient temperature and temperature change in the appliance. If you do not have any special requirements, we recommend that you use Auto Set mode (refer to Auto Set mode later on).</p>
<p>2) Manual adjusting mode: If you want to manually adjust the temperature of the appliance in order to store a particular food, you can set the temperature via a temperature adjusting button (refer to ADJUST THE TEMPERATURE).<br />
Door opening alarm When the refrigerator door is opened for more than 1 minute, the door opening alarm will sound. The alarm can be silenced by either closing the door or touching the control panel. If the door is left open for more than 7 minutes, the light inside the compartment and control panel illumination will automatically switch off.</p>
<p>1.</p>
<p>2.</p>
<p>Fridge 3.</p>
<p>Fridge</p>
<p>Adjust the temperature The indoor temperatures are influenced by the following factors: Ambient temperature Frequency of door opening Amount of stored foods Installation of the appliance<br />
Adjust the temperature for fridge<br />
1. Unlock the panel by pressing button “G” if it is locked.<br />
2. Press button “A” (Fridge) for select the fridge compartment. An alarm sounds. The actual temperature in the refrigerator compartment is displayed.<br />
3. Press button “A” to set the fridge temperature. A signal will sound at each key press. The temperature increases in sequences of 1°C from a minimum of 1°C (OF) to a maximum of 9°C, switching to 1°C again when pressing further. The optimum temperature in the refrigerator is 5 °C. Colder temperatures mean unnecessary energy consumption.<br />
If no key is operated in 5 sec., the setting confirms au-</p>
<p>16</p>
<p>EN</p>
<p>Use</p>
<p>tomatically.</p>
<p>1.</p>
<p>Adjust the temperature for freezer</p>
<p>1. Unlock the panel by pressing button “G” if it is locked.<br />
2. Press button “C” (Freezer) for select the freezer compartment. An alarm sounds. The actual temperature in the freezer compartment is displayed.<br />
3. Press button “C” (Freezer) to set the freezer temperature. A signal will sound at each key press. The temperature increases in sequences of 1°C from a minimum of -14°C to a maximum of -24°C, switching to -14°C again when pressing further. The optimum temperature in the freezer is -18°C. Colder temperatures mean unnecessary energy consumption.<br />
If no key is operated in 5 sec., the setting confirms automatically.</p>
<p>2.<br />
Freezer<br />
3.<br />
Freezer</p>
<p>Notice<br />
The temperature in the corresponding compartment cannot be adjusted if any other function (Power-Freeze, Super-Cool, Holiday or Auto Set mode) is activated or the display is locked. The corresponding indicator will flash accompanying with a buzzer.</p>
<p>Adjust the temperature for My Zone compartment</p>
<p>1.</p>
<p>1. Unlock the panel by pressing button “G” if it is locked.<br />
2. When the display is unlocked, press the “B (My zone)” and a buzzer sounds, then enter the My zone setting state.<br />
3. A signal will sound at each key press. The temperature increases in sequences of 1°C from a minimum of -20°C to a maximum of +5°C (Adjustable per degree). If there is no operation in 5 seconds, the temperature has been set and the flashing stops.</p>
<p>2. 3.<br />
My zone</p>
<p>17</p>
<p>Use</p>
<p>1.</p>
<p>2.</p>
<p>sec. holiday</p>
<p>3.</p>
<p>EN<br />
Auto Set mode In the Auto Set mode, the appliance can automatically adjust the temperature setting according to the ambient temperature and temperature change in the appliance. This function is totally hand free. 1. Unlock the panel by pressing button “G” if it is<br />
locked. 2. Press button “D” (Auto Set). An alarm sounds. 3. Indicator “d2” illuminates and the function is<br />
activated. By repeating the above steps or selecting an other function this function can be switched off again.</p>
<p>1.</p>
<p>2.</p>
<p>Holiday function</p>
<p>This function sets the refrigerator temperature permanently to 17°C.</p>
<p>3 sec. holiday</p>
<p>This allows to keep the door of the empty refrigerator closed without causing an odour or mold – during a long absence (e.g. during holiday). The freezer compartment is free for your setting.</p>
<p>1. Unlock the panel by pressing button “G” if it is</p>
<p>3.</p>
<p>locked.</p>
<p>2. Press button “D” (Auto Set) for 3 seconds.</p>
<p>3. Indicator “d1” illuminates .and the function is activated.</p>
<p>By repeating the above steps or selecting an other function this function can be switched off again.</p>
<p>WARNING!<br />
IDuring the holiday function no goods must be stored in the refrigerator compartment. The temperature of +17°C is too high for storing food.<br />
Notice<br />
In the state of Holiday function, the function of My zone in fridge compartment with three states (Precious, Fruit &amp; Veg and 0°C Fresh) will be off. And the temperature of fridge compartment can’t be adjusted at will. After exiting the Holiday function, the temperature of fridge compartment and the states of My zone in fridge compartment will display the previous setting by user again. 18</p>
<p>EN</p>
<p>Super-Cool function</p>
<p>1.</p>
<p>Switch on the Super-Cool function if larger quantity of food should be stored (for example after the purchase). The Power-Cool function accelerates the cooling of fresh food and protects the goods already stored from undesirable warming.The function setting temperature is about 1 °C. 1. Unlock the panel by pressing button “G” if it is<br />
locked. 2. Press button “E” (Super-Cool). 3. Indicator “e” illuminates and the function is activated.</p>
<p>By repeating the above steps or selecting an other function this function can be switched off again.</p>
<p>Notice</p>
<p>This function will be automatically disabled when the function has</p>
<p>lasted about 3 hours.</p>
<p>Super-Freeze function</p>
<p>1.</p>
<p>Fresh food should be frozen as quickly as possible to the core. This preserved the best nutritional value, appearance and taste. The Super-Freeze function accelerates the freezing of fresh food and protects the goods already stored from undesirable warming. If you need to freeze a large amount of food once, it is recommended to set the Super-Freeze function on ahead for 24 h before the usage of frozen room. The function setting temperature is below -24 °C.</p>
<p>1. Unlock the panel by pressing button “G” if it is locked.</p>
<p>2. Press button “F” (Super-Freeze). 3. Indicator “f” illuminates and the function is activated.</p>
<p>By repeating the above steps or selecting an other function this function can be switched off again.</p>
<p>Use<br />
2. 3.<br />
2. 3.</p>
<p>Notice<br />
The Super-Freeze function will automatically switch off after 50 hours. The appliance is then operated at the previously set temperature.<br />
WARNING!<br />
Empty the appliance before switching off. Keep the door of the refrigerating compartment open, when Fridge off function is<br />
activated, in order to avoid odour or mold..<br />
19</p>
<p>Use</p>
<p>EN</p>
<p>Quick-Cool function<br />
Fresh food should be cooled as quickly as possible to the core control, avoiding the damp and mustiness to effectively preserve the nutrition of the food for a long time.When the greenhouse is set as the function of quick-cool, the greenhouse gear is automatically lowered by 2 gear, except for -19 gear and -20 gear.<br />
1. Unlock the panel by pressing button “G” if it is locked. 2. Touch key “B” (My Zone) for 3 seconds. 3. Indicator “b1″illuminates and the function is activated.<br />
By repeating the above steps or selecting an other function this function can be switched off again.</p>
<p>Notice<br />
The My Zone Function will automatically switch off after 2.5 hours.The appliance is then operated at the previously set temperature.<br />
MyZone drawer The fridge compartment is equipped with a MyZone drawer. In accordance with the food’s storage demands, the most suitable function can be selected to get the optimal nutritional value of the foods Following functions are available: 1) Function Cheese The appliance provides the chamber for precious food with mild and dry fresh air via intelligent control, avoiding the damp and mustiness to effectively preserve the nutrition of the food for a long time. This function is suitable to store dry food with low water content like tea, coffee, dried fruit etc. 2) Function Fruits &amp; Veg This function is suitable to store fruits and vegetables like apples and carrots.<br />
Notice: Fruits &amp; Veg function<br />
Cold-sensitive fruits like pineapple, avocado, bananas, grapefruits and vegetables such as potatoes, aubergines, beans, cucumbers, zucchini and tomatoes and cheese should not be stored in the MyZone drawer . 3) Function 0 °C Fresh This function sets the temperature in the MyZone drawer to 0 °C. Suitable to store of fresh food such as meat, fish, mussels or instant products. Most foods stay fresh at 0 ° C, but not frozen.<br />
Notice: 0 °C Fresh<br />
Due to different water contents of meat, some meat with more moisture will be frozen at temperatures lower than 0 °C. So “immediately cut” meat should be stored in DryZone drawer, with temperatures min. 0°C.<br />
20</p>
<p>EN</p>
<p>Use</p>
<p>Notice: MyZone drawer</p>
<p>One of the three functions of the MyZone compartment must always be activated When you chose “0°C Fresh” or “Cheese” set the temperature of the refrigerating<br />
compartment in the middle level (5°C), in order to preserve your food in the optimal storage environment.</p>
<p>4) Select function for MyZone drawer<br />
The function can be selected by using the separate panel which is located at the drawer cover. 1. If indicator “o” illuminates the panel is locked and<br />
must be unlocked by touching key “O” (3 Sec. Lock) for 3 seconds. A buzzer sounds and indicator “o” turns off. 2. Touch corresponding key “L/M/N” of desired function. After a few seconds corresponding indicator “l/m/n” illuminates .and the function is activated. 3. Lock the panel by touching key “O” (3Sec. Lock) for 3 seconds. A buzzer sounds and indicator “o” turns on.</p>
<p>l</p>
<p>m</p>
<p>L</p>
<p>M</p>
<p>3Sec. Lock</p>
<p>n</p>
<p>o</p>
<p>N</p>
<p>O</p>
<p>3Sec. Lock</p>
<p>Humidity Box The fridge compartment is equipped with a Humidity Box. Appropriate de-polythene module enhance the freshness preservation by removing the ripener. Following functions are available:</p>
<p>Function Low Hum. Mid Hum.</p>
<p>Recommended food Dry fruit and other dry food with low water content like butter, fats and oils, bread or chocolate. Pears, grapes cherries etc.</p>
<p>High Hum.</p>
<p>Cabbage, mushrooms etc.</p>
<p>1) Select function for Humidity Box<br />
The humidity in this drawer can be adjusted by using the separate humidity control panel which is located at the drawer cover. The steps are the same as describe in chapter “Select function for My Zone drawer” but only by using the panel for Humidity Box.</p>
<p>h</p>
<p>i</p>
<p>H</p>
<p>I</p>
<p>j</p>
<p>k</p>
<p>J</p>
<p>K</p>
<p>Notice: Panel lock<br />
The control panel of MyZone and Humidity Box is automatically blocked against activation if door is open. For any settings the control panel must be unlocked.<br />
21</p>
<p>Use</p>
<p>EN</p>
<p>Tips on storing fresh food<br />
Storing into the refrigerator compartment Keep your fridge temperature below 5°C. Hot food must be cooled to room temperature before storing in the appliance. Foods stored in the refrigerator should be washed and dried before storing Food to be stored should be properly sealed to avoid odour or taste alterations. Do not store excessive quantities of food. Leave spaces between foods to allow cold<br />
air flowing around them, for a better and more homogeneous cooling. Foods eaten daily should be stored at the front of the shelf. Leave a gap between foods and the inner walls, allowing air flowing. In special way<br />
don’t store foods against the rear wall: foods could freeze against rear wall. Avoid direct contact of food (especially oily or acidic food) with the inner liner, as oil/acid can erode the inner liner. Clean away oily/acid dirt whenever it is found. Defreeze frozen food in the fridge storage compartment. This way, you can use the frozen food to decrease the temperature in the compartment and save energy. The ageing process of fruit and vegetables such as courgettes, melons, papaya, banana, pineapple, etc. can be accelerated in the refrigerator. Therefore, it is not advisable to store them in the refrigerator. However, the ripening of strongly green fruits can be promoted for a certain period. Onions, garlic, ginger and other root vegetables should also be stored at room temperature. Unpleasant odours inside the fridge are a sign that something has spilled and cleaning is required. See CARE AND CLEANING. Different foods should be placed in different areas according to their properties:</p>
<p>Notice</p>
<p>Please keep the distance more than 10 mm between the food placed and air duct or sensors to ensure the cooling effect.</p>
<p>1 Butter, cheese, eggs, spices, etc.</p>
<p>1</p>
<p>1</p>
<p>2 Eggs, canned food, spices, etc</p>
<p>Fine-controlled micro air-channel<br />
NAVI-FORCE</p>
<p>4 5</p>
<p>3 Drinks and bottled foods.</p>
<p>2</p>
<p>2 6</p>
<p>4 Pickled foods, canned food, etc.</p>
<p>3</p>
<p>7 3</p>
<p>5 Meat products, snack foods, etc.</p>
<p>8</p>
<p>9</p>
<p>6 Pasta, milk, tofu, dairy, etc</p>
<p>7 Fruit, vegetables, salad, etc</p>
<p>8 Moist zone drawer:<br />
: Butter, fats, oils, chocolate etc. : Pears, grapes cherries etc. : Cabbage, mushrooms etc.<br />
9 Dry zone drawer:<br />
: tea, coffee, dried fruit etc. : Apples, carrots etc. : Rraw fresh food<br />
22</p>
<p>EN</p>
<p>Use</p>
<p>Storage into the freezer compartment<br />
Keep the freezer temperature at- 18°C. 24 hours before freezing switch on the Power-freeze function; -for small quantities<br />
of food 4-6 hours are sufficient. Hot food must be cooled to room temperature before storing in the freezer com-<br />
partment. Food cut into small portions will freeze faster and be easier to defrost and cook. The<br />
recommended weight for each portion is less than 2.5 kg It is better to pack food before putting it into the freezer. The outside of the pack-<br />
aging must be dry to avoid bags sticking together. Packaging materials should be odour-free, airtight, non-poisonous and nontoxic. In order to avoid expiration of storage periods, please note the freezing date, time limit and name of the food on the packaging according to the storage periods of different foods. WARNING!: Acid, alkali and salt etc. could erode the internal surface of the freezer. Do not place the food having these substances (e.g. sea fish) directly on the internal surface. Salt water in the freezer should be cleaned up immediately. Do not exceed the food storage times recommended by the manufacturers. Only take the required amount of food out of the freezer. Consume defrosted food quickly. Defrosted food cannot be re-frozen unless it is first cooked, otherwise it may bless edible. Do not load excessive quantities of fresh food in the freezer compartment. Refer to the freezing capacity of the freezer ­ See TECHNICAL DATA or data at the type plate. Food can be stored in the freezer at a temperature of at least -18°C for 2 to 12 months, depending on its properties (e.g., meat: 3-12 months, vegetables: 6-12 months) When freezing fresh food, avoid bringing it in contact with already frozen food. Risk of thawing!<br />
When storing commercially frozen foods, please follow these guidelines:<br />
Always follow manufacturers’ guidelines for the length of time you should store food for. Do not exceed these guidelines!<br />
Try to keep the length of time between purchase and storage as short as possible to preserve food quality.<br />
Buy frozen foods, which have been stored at a temperature of ­18 °C or below. Avoid buying food which has ice or frost on the packaging ­ This indicates that the<br />
products might have been partially defrosted and refrozen at some point ­ temperature rises affect the quality of food.<br />
Notice<br />
Please keep the distance more than 10 mm between the food placed and air duct to ensure the cooling effect.</p>
<p>23</p>
<p>Equipment<br />
Fine-controlled micro air-channel<br />
NAVI-FORCE</p>
<p>EN<br />
Multi-air-flow The refrigerator is equipped with a multi-air-flow system, with which cool air flows are located on every shelf level. This helps to maintain a uniform temperature to ensure that your food is kept fresher for longer.</p>
<p>Adjustable shelves The height of the shelves can be adjusted to fit your storage needs. 1. To relocate a shelf, remove it first by uplifting its<br />
hind edge (1) and pulling it out (2). 2. To reinstall it, put it on the lugs on both sides and<br />
push it to the most rearward position until the rear of the shelf is fixed inside the slots in the sides<br />
Notice:<br />
Ensure that all ends of a shelf are level.</p>
<p>11 2</p>
<p>Removable door racks The door racks can be removed for cleaning: Place hands on each side of the rack, lift it upwards (1) and pull it out (2). In order to insert the door rack, the above steps are carried out in reverse order.<br />
OPTIONAL: OK-temperature indicator The OK-temperature indicator can be used to determine temperatures below +4°C. Gradually reduce the temperature if the sign does not indicate “OK”.</p>
<p>Notice:<br />
When the appliance is switched on, it may take up to 12 hours for the correct temperatures to be reached.<br />
24</p>
<p>EN<br />
Removable freezer drawer To remove the drawer out, pull out to the maximum extent (1), lift and remove (2). In order to insert the drawer, the above steps are carried out in reverse order.<br />
Fruit and vegetable drawer Storage zone for fruit and vegetables to keep them fresh and healthy.</p>
<p>Equipment</p>
<p>2</p>
<p>2</p>
<p>1</p>
<p>Notice: Fruits and vegetable drawer<br />
Cold-sensitive fruits like pineapple, avocado, bananas, grapefruits and vegetables such as potatoes, aubergines, beans, cucumbers, zucchini and tomatoes and cheese should not be stored in the fruits and vegetable drawer.<br />
Humidity Box and MyZone drawer<br />
For use and setting of the Humidity Box and MyZone drawer please check section USE. To remove the drawer out: 1. Pull out (1) to the maximum extent (Fig. 7.5). 2. Lift (2) to separate the drawer from the rail and re-<br />
move (3). It can be mounted in reverse order. The Light The LED interior light comes on when the door is opened. The performance of the lights is not affected by any of the appliances other settings.</p>
<p>Energy saving tips</p>
<p>Make sure the appliance is properly ventilated (see INSTALLATION).</p>
<p>Dheoanteortsin).stall the appliance in direct sunlight or in the near of heat sources(e.g. stoves,</p>
<p>Avoid unnecessarily low temperature in the appliance. The energy consumption increases the lower the temperature in the appliance is set.</p>
<p>Functions like SUPER-FREEZE or SUPER-COOL consume more energy.</p>
<p>Allow warm food to cool down before placing it in the appliance.</p>
<p>Open the appliance door as little and as briefly as possible.</p>
<p>Do not overfill the appliance to avoid obstructing the air flow.</p>
<p>Avoid air within the food packaging.</p>
<p>Keep door seals clean so that the door always closes correctly.</p>
<p>Defreeze frozen food in the fridge storage compartment.</p>
<p>25</p>
<p>Care and cleaning</p>
<p>EN</p>
<p>WARNING!<br />
Disconnect the appliance from the power supply before cleaning.<br />
Cleaning Clean the appliance when only little or no food is stored. The appliance should be cleaned every four weeks for good maintenance and to prevent bad stored food odors.<br />
WARNING!<br />
Do not clean the appliance with hard brushes, wire brushes, detergent powder, petrol, amyl acetate, acetone and similar organic solutions, acid or alkaline solutions. Please clean with special refrigerator detergent to avoid damage.<br />
Do not spray or flush the appliance during cleaning. Do not use water spray or steam to clean the appliance. Do not clean the cold glass shelves with hot water. Sudden temperature change may<br />
cause the glass to break . Do not touch the inside surface of the freezer storage compartment, especially with<br />
wet hands, as your hands may freeze onto the surface. In case of heating check the condition of frozen goods. Always keep the door gasket clean. Clean the inside and housing of the appliance with<br />
a sponge dampened in warm water and neutral detergent. 1. Please scrub the interior and exterior of the re-<br />
frigerator, including door sealing, door rack, glass shelves, boxes and so on, with a soft towel or sponge dipped in warm water (you may add neutral detergent into the warm water). 2. If there is liquid spilled, remove all the contaminated parts, directly rinse with the flow water, dry and place it back into the fridge. 3. If there is spilled cream (such as the cream, melting ice cream), please remove all the contaminated parts, put into the warm water with about 40 °C for some time, then rinse with the flow water, dry and place it back into the fridge. 4. In case some small part or component gets stucked inside of the fridge (between shelves or drawers), use small soft brush to release it. If you could not reach the part, please contact Haier service. Rinse and dry with soft cloth. Do not clean any of the parts of the appliance in a dishwasher. Allow at least 7 minutes before restarting the appliance as frequent starting may damage the compressor. Defrosting The defrosting of the refrigerator and the freezer compartment are done automatically; no manual operation is needed. 26</p>
<p>EN</p>
<p>Care and cleaning</p>
<p>Replacing the LED-lamps<br />
WARNING!<br />
Do not replace the LED lamp yourself, it must only be replaced by either the manufacturer or the authorised service agent.<br />
The lamp adopts LED as its light source, featuring low energy consumption and long service life. If there is any abnormality, please contact the customer service . See CUSTOMER SERVICE. Parameters of the lamp:<br />
Refrigerator compartment:12 V max 2 W Freezer compartment:12 V max 0,5 W<br />
Non-use for a longer period If the appliance is not used for an extended period of time, and you will not use only the Holiday-function or the fridge off function for the refrigerator: Take out the food. Unplug the power cord. Empty and clean the watertank Clean the appliance as described above. Keep the doors open to prevent the creation of bad odours inside.</p>
<p>Notice<br />
Turn the appliance off only if strictly necessary.<br />
Moving the appliance 1. Remove all food and unplug the appliance. 2. Secure shelves and other moveable parts in the fridge and the freezer with adhesive<br />
tape. 3. Do not tilt the refrigerator more than 45° to avoid damaging the refrigerating system.<br />
WARNING!<br />
Do not lift the appliance by its handles. Never place the appliance horizontally on the ground.</p>
<p>27</p>
<p>Troubleshooting</p>
<p>EN</p>
<p>Many occuring problems could be solved by yourself without specific expertise. In case of a problem please check all shown possibilities and follow below instructions before you contact an after sales service. See CUSTOMER SERVICE.<br />
WARNING!<br />
Before maintenance, deactivate the appliance and disconnect the mains plug from the mains socket.<br />
Electrical equipment should be serviced only by qualified electrical experts, because improper repairs can cause considerable consequential damages.<br />
A damaged supply should only be replaced by the manufacturer, its service agent or similarly qualified persons in order to avoid a hazard.</p>
<p>Problem</p>
<p>Possible Cause</p>
<p>Possible Solution</p>
<p>The compressor does not work.</p>
<p>· Mains plug is not connected in the · Connect the mains plug.</p>
<p>mains socket.</p>
<p>· The appliance is in the defrosting · This is normal for an automatic</p>
<p>cycle</p>
<p>defrosting</p>
<p>The appliance runs · The indoor or outdoor tempera- · In this case, it is normal for the</p>
<p>frequently or runs ture is too high.</p>
<p>appliance to run longer.</p>
<p>for a too long period · The appliance has been off power · Normally, it takes 8 to 12 hours</p>
<p>of time.</p>
<p>for a period of time.</p>
<p>for the appliance to cool down</p>
<p>completely.</p>
<p>· A door/drawer of the appliance is · Close the door/drawer and</p>
<p>not tightly closed.</p>
<p>ensure the appliance is located</p>
<p>on a level ground and there is</p>
<p>no food or container jarring the</p>
<p>door.</p>
<p>· The door/drawer has been opened · Do not open the door/drawer</p>
<p>too frequently or for too long.</p>
<p>too frequently.</p>
<p>· The temperature setting for the · Set the temperature higher</p>
<p>freezer compartment is too low. until a satisfactory refrigera-</p>
<p>tor temperature is obtained. It</p>
<p>takes 24 hours for the refrig-</p>
<p>erator temperature to become</p>
<p>stable.</p>
<p>· The door/drawer gasket is dirty, · Clean the door/drawer gasket</p>
<p>worn, cracked or mismatched.</p>
<p>or replace them by the cus-</p>
<p>tomer service.</p>
<p>· The required air circulation is not · Ensure adequate ventilation.</p>
<p>guaranteed.</p>
<p>The inside of the re- · The inside of the refrigerator</p>
<p>frigerator is dirty and/ needs cleaning.</p>
<p>or smells.</p>
<p>· Food of strong odour is stored in</p>
<p>the refrigerator.</p>
<p>· Clean the inside of the refrigerator.<br />
· Wrap the food thoroughly..</p>
<p>28</p>
<p>EN</p>
<p>Troubleshooting</p>
<p>Problem</p>
<p>Possible Cause</p>
<p>Possible Solution</p>
<p>It is not cold enough · The temperature is set too high. · Reset the temperature.</p>
<p>inside the appli- · Too warm goods has been stored. · Always cool down goods be-</p>
<p>ance.</p>
<p>fore storing them.</p>
<p>· Too much food has been stored at · Always store small quantities of</p>
<p>one time.</p>
<p>food.</p>
<p>· The goods are too close to each · Leave a gap between several</p>
<p>other.</p>
<p>foods allowing air flowing.</p>
<p>· A door/drawer of the appliance is · Close the door/drawer.</p>
<p>not tightly closed.</p>
<p>· The door/drawer has been opened · Do not open the door/drawer</p>
<p>too frequently or for too long.</p>
<p>too frequently.</p>
<p>It is too cold inside · The temperature is set too low. · Reset the temperature.</p>
<p>the appliance.</p>
<p>· The Power-Freeze function is acti- · Switch off the Power- Freeze</p>
<p>vated or is running too long.</p>
<p>function</p>
<p>Moisture formation · The climate is too warm and too- · Increase the temperature.</p>
<p>on the inside of the damp.</p>
<p>refrigerator com- · A door/drawer of the appliance is · Close the door/drawer.</p>
<p>partment.</p>
<p>not tightly closed.</p>
<p>· The door/drawer has been opened · Do not open the door/drawer</p>
<p>too frequently or for too long.</p>
<p>too frequently.</p>
<p>· Food containers or liquids are left · Let hot foods cool to room</p>
<p>open.</p>
<p>temperature and cover foods</p>
<p>and liquids.</p>
<p>Moisture accumu- · The climate is too warm and too · This is normal in damp climate</p>
<p>lates on the refrig- damp.</p>
<p>and will change when the hu-</p>
<p>erators outside</p>
<p>midity decreases.</p>
<p>surface or between · The door/drawer is not closed · Ensure that he door/drawer is</p>
<p>the doors/door and tightly. The cold air in the appliance tightly shut.</p>
<p>drawer.</p>
<p>and the warm air outside it con-</p>
<p>densates.</p>
<p>Strong ice and frost · The goods were not adequately · Always pack the goods well.</p>
<p>in the freezer com- packaged .</p>
<p>partment.</p>
<p>· A door/drawer of the appliance is · Close the door/drawer.</p>
<p>not tightly closed.</p>
<p>· The door/drawer has been opened · Do not open the door/drawer</p>
<p>too frequently or for too long.</p>
<p>too frequently.</p>
<p>· The door/drawer gasket is dirty, · Clean the door/drawer gasket</p>
<p>worn, cracked or mismatched.</p>
<p>or replace them by new ones.</p>
<p>· Something on the inside prevents · Reposition the shelves, door</p>
<p>the door/drawer to close properly. racks, or internal containers to</p>
<p>allow the door/drawer to close.</p>
<p>The sides of the · –<br />
cabinet and door strip get warm.</p>
<p>· This is normal.</p>
<p>29</p>
<p>Troubleshooting</p>
<p>EN</p>
<p>Problem</p>
<p>Possible Cause</p>
<p>Possible Solution</p>
<p>The appliance<br />
makes abnormal sounds.</p>
<p>· The appliance is not located on · Adjust the feet to level the ap-</p>
<p>level ground.</p>
<p>pliance.</p>
<p>· The appliance touches some ob- · Remove objects around the</p>
<p>ject around it.</p>
<p>appliance.</p>
<p>A slight sound is · to be heard similar to that of flowing water.</p>
<p>· This is normal.</p>
<p>You will hear an · The fridge storage compartment · Close the door or silence the</p>
<p>alarm beep.</p>
<p>door is open.</p>
<p>alarm manually.</p>
<p>You will hear a faint · The anti-condensation system is · This prevents condensation</p>
<p>hum.</p>
<p>working</p>
<p>and is normal</p>
<p>The interior lighting · Mains plug is not connected in the · Connect the mains plug.</p>
<p>or cooling system mains socket.</p>
<p>does not work.</p>
<p>· The power supply is not intact. · Check the electrical supply to</p>
<p>the room. Call the local elec-</p>
<p>tricity company!</p>
<p>· The LED-lamp is out of order.</p>
<p>· Please call the service for</p>
<p>changing the lamp.</p>
<p>Power interruption<br />
In the event of a power cut, food should remain safely cold for about 12 hours. Follow these tips during a prolonged power interruption, especially in summer: Open the door/drawer as few times as possible. Do not put additional food into the appliance during a power interruption. If prior notice of a power interruption is given and the interruption duration is longer<br />
than 12 hours, make some ice and put it in a container in the top of the refrigerator compartment. An inspection of the goods is required immediately after the interruption. As temperature in the refrigerator will rise during a power interruption or other failure, the storage period and edible quality of food will be reduced. Any food that defrosts should be either consumed, or cooked and refrozen (where suitable) soon afterwards in order to prevent health risks.</p>
<p>Memory function during power interruption After restoration of power the appliance continues with the settings that were set before the power failure.</p>
<p>30</p>
<p>EN</p>
<p>Installation</p>
<p>Unpacking</p>
<p>WARNING!</p>
<p>The appliance is heavy. Always handle with at least two persons. Keep all packaging materials out of children´s reach and dispose them in an environ-<br />
mentally friendly manner.</p>
<p>Take the appliance out of the packaging. Remove all packaging materials. Environmental conditions<br />
The room temperature should always be between 10° C and 43° C, since it can influence the temperature inside the appliance and its energy consumption. Do not install the appliance near other heat-emitting appliances (ovens, refrigerators) without isolation.</p>
<p>Space requirement<br />
Required space when door is opened: D1= 600 D2= 885 D3= 1034 D4= 50 W1= 830<br />
W2= 1424</p>
<p>D4</p>
<p>W1</p>
<p>D1 D3 D2 D4</p>
<p>W2</p>
<p>Ventilaton cross-section<br />
10 cm<br />
To achieve sufficient ventilation of the appliance for safety reasons, the information of the required ventilation cross sections must be observed.</p>
<p>10 cm</p>
<p>10 cm</p>
<p>Aligning the appliance</p>
<p>1.</p>
<p>2.</p>
<p>The appliance should be placed on a flat and solid surface.</p>
<p>1. Tilt the appliance slightly backwards.</p>
<p>2. Set the feet to the desired level. Make sure the distance to the wall on the hinge side is max 45° at least 100 mm for the door to open properly. z</p>
<p>31</p>
<p>Installation<br />
3.</p>
<p>EN<br />
3. The stability can be checked by alternately bumping on the diagonals. The slightly swaying should be the same in both directions. Otherwise the frame can warp; possible leaking door seals are the result. A low tendency to the rear facilitates the closing of the door.frame can warp; possible leaking door seals are the result. A low tendency to the rear facilitates the closing of the door.</p>
<p>A Fine tuning of the doors<br />
If the doors are not in one level, this mismatch can be remedied by following: A) Using adjustable foot Rotate the adjustable foot according to the direction of arrow to turn up or down the foot.</p>
<p>B B) Using spacers Open the upper door and lift it. Carefully clip the spacer (enclosed in the accessory bag) in the white plastic ring of the middle hinge by hand or using tools like pliers. Do not scratch or bruise the door.<br />
Notice<br />
In the future use of refrigerator, doors uneven phenomenon may occur to the weight of stored food. Then please adjust according to the above methods.<br />
32</p>
<p>EN</p>
<p>Installation</p>
<p>Waiting time</p>
<p>To the maintenance-free lubrication oil is located in the</p>
<p>capsule of the compressor. This oil can get through</p>
<p>the closed pipe system during slanting transport. Be-</p>
<p>fore connecting the appliance to the power supply you</p>
<p>have to wait 2-5 hours so that the oil runs back into the capsule.</p>
<p>2 h</p>
<p>Electrical connection<br />
Before each connection check if: power supply, socket and fusing are appropriate to the rating plate. the power socket is earthed and no multi-plug or extension. the power plug and socket are strictly according. Connect the plug to a properly installed household socket.</p>
<p>WARNING!<br />
To avoid risks a damaged power cord must be replaced by the customer service (see warranty card).</p>
<p>33</p>
<p>Technical data</p>
<p>EN</p>
<p>Product fiche according to regulation EU No. 1060/2010</p>
<p>Brand</p>
<p>Haier</p>
<p>Model name / identifier</p>
<p>HTF-508DGS7</p>
<p>Category of the household refrigerating appliance (1)</p>
<p>7</p>
<p>Energy efficiency class A+++ (most efficient) to D (least efficient)</p>
<p>A++</p>
<p>Energy consumption (2)</p>
<p>340</p>
<p>Total net capacity of whole refrigerator compartment</p>
<p>350 L</p>
<p>of which chill compartment</p>
<p>32 L</p>
<p>of which wine storage compartment</p>
<p>–</p>
<p>of which cellar-temperature compartment</p>
<p>–</p>
<p>of which fresh food storage compartment</p>
<p>318 L</p>
<p>Total number of wine bottles (3)</p>
<p>–</p>
<p>Total net capacity of two-star compartment</p>
<p>78 L</p>
<p>Total net capacity of freezer compartment</p>
<p>77 L</p>
<p>Star coding (4)</p>
<p>Design temperature of “other compartments” (5)</p>
<p>–</p>
<p>Lowest storage temperature of wine compartment</p>
<p>–</p>
<p>Frost-free</p>
<p>·</p>
<p>Storage time during malfunctions</p>
<p>12 h</p>
<p>Freezing capacity (6)</p>
<p>7,5 kg/24h</p>
<p>Climate rating (7)</p>
<p>SN-N-ST-T</p>
<p>Airborne noise emitted</p>
<p>40 dB(A) re 1 pW</p>
<p>Type of appliance</p>
<p>Freestanding</p>
<p>Explanations: · Yes, featured (1) Household refrigeration categories:<br />
Category=Designation 1=Refrigerator with one or more storage compartments for fresh food, 2=Refrigerator with cellar-temperature zone, cellartemperature compartment refrigerator and wine cabinet, 3=Refrigerator with cold storage zone and refrigerator with a zero star compartment, 4=Refrigerator with a one-star compartment, 5=Refrigerator with a two-star compartment, 6=Refrigerator with a three-star compartment, 7=Fridge-freezer, 8=Freezer, 9=Chest freezer, 10=Multi-purpose refrigerators and other refrigerators (2) Based on the results of the standards conformance test over 24 hours. The actual consumption depends on the use and the location of the appliance. (3) The rated capacity is quoted as the number of standard 0.75 l bottles that can be stored in the appliance in accordance with the manufacturer’s instructions. (4) * = compartment -6°C or less; *** = frozen-food compartment -18°C or less; **** = food freezer compartment -18°C or less with a minimum freezing capacity. (5) `Other compartment’ means a compartment, other than a wine storage compartment, intended for the storage of particular foodstuffs at a temperature warmer than + 14 °C. (6) The freezing capacity is achievable for the quantity given according to type of appLiance only after switching to permanent operation and cannot be repeated within 24 hours. Please observe the operating instructions. (7) Climate rating SN: This appliance is intended for use in an ambient temperature of between + 10°C and +32°C<br />
34</p>
<p>EN</p>
<p>Technical data</p>
<p>Climate rating N: This appliance is intended for use in an ambient temperature of between + 16°C and +32°C Climate rating ST: This appliance is intended for use in an ambient temperature of between + 16°C and +38°C Climate rating T: This appliance is intended for use in an ambient temperature of between + 16°C and +43°C</p>
<p>Additional technical data<br />
Voltage / Frequency Input current (A) Main fuse (A) Coolant/amount Dimensions (H/W/D in mm)</p>
<p>220-240V ~/ 50Hz 1,8 16<br />
R600a/67g<br />
1900 / 830 / 669</p>
<p>35</p>
<p>Customer service</p>
<p>EN</p>
<p>Customer Service<br />
We recommend our Haier Customer Service and the use of original spare parts. If you have a problem with your appliance, please first check section TROUBLESHOOTING.</p>
<p>If you cannot find a solution there, please contact</p>
<p>your local dealer or our European Call Service-Center (see listed phone numbers below) or the Service &amp; Support area at www.haier.com where you can activate the service<br />
claim and also find FAQs.</p>
<p>To contact our Service, ensure that you have the following data available. The information can be found on the rating plate.</p>
<p>Model</p>
<p>_____________</p>
<p>Serial No.</p>
<p>_____________</p>
<p>Also check the Warranty Card supplied with the product in case of warranty.</p>
<p>European Call Service-Center</p>
<p>Country* Haier Italy (IT) Haier Spain (ES)<br />
Haier Germany (DE)</p>
<p>Phone number 199 100 912 902 509 123<br />
0180 5 39 39 99</p>
<p>Haier Austria (AT)</p>
<p>0820 001 205</p>
<p>Haier United Kingdom (UK) 0333 003 8122</p>
<p>Haier France (FR)</p>
<p>0980 406 409</p>
<p>Costs<br />
· 14 Ct/Min Landline · max 42 Ct/Min Mobile · 14,53 Ct/Min Landline · max 20 Ct/Min all others</p>
<p>* For other countries please refer to www.haier.com<br />
Haier Europe Trading S.r.l Branch UK Westgate House, Westgate, Ealing London, W5 1YY</p>
<p>36</p>
<p>HTF-508DGS7_EN</p>
<form id="commentform" class="comment-form" action="https://manuals.plus/wp-comments-post.php" method="post" novalidate="">
<p class="form-submit">
</form>
]]></content:encoded>
					
		
		
			</item>
	</channel>
</rss>

<!--
Performance optimized by W3 Total Cache. Learn more: https://www.boldgrid.com/w3-total-cache/

Page Caching using Disk: Enhanced 

Served from: usemanuals.com @ 2026-08-27 12:37:32 by W3 Total Cache
-->